3416 results found

Tender text OL 90 N for inward opening round or segmental arch window
Tender texts

Tender text OL 90 N for inward opening round or segmental arch window

(DOCUMENT | 37 KB)
Overhead door closers with link arm
Product brochure

Overhead door closers with link arm

SWING DOOR Door closers with link arm Contents | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM … Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S TS 1000 C 08 TS 1500 12 TS 2000 NV 16 TS 4000 EN 1-6 21 TS 4000 EN 5-7 27 TS 4000 E 32 TS 4000 R 37 TS 4000 Tandem 41 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 4000 EFS 48 TS 4000 RFS 53 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S TS 4000 IS 60 TS 4000 E-IS 66 TS 4000 R-IS 72 AC C ES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 80 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Technology 84 Product functions and information 85 General product information for door closers 86 Cover caps for GEZE door closers 87 … GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Overview OVERV IE W TS 4000 RFS TS 4000 Tandem EN4 1100 TS 4000 EFS EN4 1100 TS 4000 R EN4 1100 ● TS 4000 E EN3 950 ● TS 4000 size 5-7 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm TS 4000 size 1-6 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors⁸ TS 2000 NV TS 1500 TS 1000 C For single leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● FSA FSA FSA FL FSA FL Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2/3 3/4 2-4 1-6 5-7 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 >7 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 950 1100 1100 1400 1600 1400 1400 1400 1400 >1600 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● ● ● ● ● Opening angle (max.) hinge side⁷ 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° ● 180° 180° ● Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side ●⁶ ●⁶ ●⁶ ●⁶ ●⁶ Transom installation, opposite hinge side ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●⁶ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●² ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device ● ● ● ● ●⁴ ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable Back check, adjustable Hydraulic latching action, adjustable Delayed closing, adjustable ● ●¹ Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open for free swing Smoke switch control unit, integrated ● ● Closing sequence control, integrated ● = Yes … Model TS 4000 S with delayed closing | … Model TS 2000 NV BC (adjustable)) | … Not for F and RD doors | … Hold-open linkage only effective up to EN6 | … System solution consisting of a TS 4000 IS/ E-IS/ R-IS on the active leaf in combination with a TS 4000 /E / R-IS second unit on the passive leaf and release mechanism in frame | … In parallel arm installation | … Opening angle (max.) opposite hinge side, see chapter: Further information | … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/ representative. FSA = Hold-open system | FSA FL = Hold-open system free swing Overview | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 IS … TS 4000 E-IS … TS 4000 R-IS … For double leaf doors Approval for fire and smoke protection doors⁸ ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN4 1100 FSA FSA Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1-6 1-6 1-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1400 1400 1400 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● Opening angle (max.) hinge side⁷ 180° 180° –⁷ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device ● ● ● ● ● Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side Transom installation, opposite hinge side FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable Back check, adjustable Hydraulic latching action, adjustable Delayed closing, adjustable Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open for free swing Smoke switch control unit, integrated Closing sequence control, integrated ● ● … 6 … SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors GEZE overhead door closers with link arm have two distinguishing features: convenient to handle and safe to use. Because our door closers don’t just make opening the door easier, they also guarantee reliable closing in the event of a fire. Use our extensive range of door closers for single leaf doors to retrofit your doors accordingly as well – thereby satisfying the much tighter legal regulations. … GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1000 C TS 1000 C Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 950 mm leaf width with adjustable closing speed AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single-action doors in the interior area Single-action doors up to 950 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Variable closing force of EN2 or EN3 by reversing the bearing block Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 1000 C | For single leaf doors | | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION GEZE TS 1000 C with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70° and 150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 1000 C door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2/3 Leaf width recommended up to 950 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Length 215 mm Overall depth 44 mm Height 52 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable via installation Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Installation position ● = yes 52 86 73 44 215 16 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G … 10 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1000 C D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E S I D E VIEW 72,5 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 1000 C D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 184 60 184 17,5 37,5 60 196 196 31±0,1 82 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 82 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 120 60 130 184 60 130 120 32 16 17,5 37,5 184 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 1000 C | For single leaf doors | | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 1000 C complete package² Closing force EN 2/3, with hold-open linkage silver-coloured 101771 white RAL 9016 101773 black RAL 9005 119574 brass-coloured 101777 acc. to RAL¹ 101776 silver-coloured 101765 white RAL 9016 101767 black RAL 9005 119573 brass-coloured 101770 acc. to RAL¹ 101769 silver-coloured 072019 white RAL 9016 072021 black RAL 9005 072022 GEZE TS 1000 C complete package Closing force EN 2/3, with link arm INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 1000 C … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 11 12 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 TS 1500 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width with adjustable closing speed ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Right and left single-action doors in the interior area  Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Variable closing force of EN3 or EN4 by reversing the bearing block  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 1500 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION GEZE TS 1500 with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70°-150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 1500 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3/4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Length 177 mm Overall depth 39 mm Height 50 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable via installation Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Installation position ● = yes 50 86 73 39 177 16 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 13 14 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 5 00 VIEW 92 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 1500 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 1500 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 1500 door closer Closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 white RAL 9016 101794 black RAL 9005 119575 acc. to RAL¹ 101875 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C² with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 1500/1000 C Standard silver-coloured 101815 white RAL 9016 101817 black RAL 9005 119538 acc. to RAL¹ 101818 silver-coloured 101878 white RAL 9016 101881 black RAL 9005 119576 acc. to RAL¹ 101882 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 white RAL 9016 029685 acc. to RAL¹ 029686 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 1500, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 080147 white RAL 9016 080149 acc. to RAL¹ 080150 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 15 16 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV TS 2000 NV Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width with closing force with variable adjustment ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN2-4 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 2000 NV | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 17 S P EC I A L VER S IONS: GEZE TS 2000 NV BC with hydraulic back check that can be adjusted from the front GEZE TS 2000 NV / NV BC with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70° and 150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 2000 NV door closer TS 2000 NV BC door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 226 mm Overall depth 48 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Yes, hydraulically adjustable At the side Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 60 98 58 226 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 48 ● ● 18 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS 2000 N V/N V BC VIEW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 2000 NV/NV BC D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 ±1 45 ± … 222 ±1 15 38 ±1 45 ± … ±1 44 ± … 130 Cross-section = direct installation 135 135 ± … 160 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door ± … 130 ±1 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 45 ± … 45 ± … 80 ±1 65 ±1 42 ± … 80 ±1 160 ± … 160 ± … 142 ±1 16 ± … 142 ±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 2000 NV | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM T R A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 2000 N V/N V BC V IEW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 2000 NV/NV BC D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 160 ± … 135 ± … 130 ±1 15 44 ±0,1 130 160 ± … 135 ± … ±1 222 ±1 45 ± … 222 ±1 38 ±1 45 ± … Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I N STA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 160 ± … 142 ±1 65 42 ±1 ± … 16 ± … 160 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 80 ±1 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45 ± … 80 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 19 20 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 2000 NV door closer Closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 white RAL 9016 128887 GEZE TS 2000 NV BC door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard black RAL 9005 205324 acc. to RAL² 128888 silver-coloured 124944 white RAL 9016 124946 black RAL 9005 205332 acc. to RAL² 124947 silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 silver-coloured 014835 white RAL 9016 014843 acc. to RAL² 014845 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 3000/ TS 2000NV silver-coloured 090259 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 2000 NV, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 127434 acc. to RAL² 127435 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000NV 053134 126234 Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV & NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 127432 silver-coloured 013487 white RAL 9016 014855 brass 072770 stainless steel 072769 acc. to RAL² 014856 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany TS 4000 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 EN 1-6 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 21 22 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: GEZE TS 4000 with hold-open linkage, , hold-open angle up to 150° (must not be used on fire and smoke protection doors) GEZE TS 4000 S with delayed closing of up to 30 seconds, adjustable from the front (delayed closing not effective with transom installation on opposite hinge side) TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 door closer TS 4000 S door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable Latching action adjustable ● ● via link arm via valve Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Delayed closing integrated ○ Position of closing force adjustment ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = no 58 60 98 16,5 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 287 TS 4000 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 V I EW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 1-6, TS 4000 S D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 15 222±1 38±1 44±0,1 38±1 15 130±1 45±0,2 44±0,1 45±0,2 222±1 130±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 222 ±1 42±0,5 45±0,2 160 ±0,2 65±1 16±0,2 42±0,5 65±1 98 67 45±0,2 16±0,2 222 ±1 ca. 300 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 23 24 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 VIEW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 1-6, TS 4000 S 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 45±0,2 160±0,2 142±1 42±0,5 16±0,2 65±1 67 98 A 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 65±1 … 16±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 4000 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 white RAL 9016 102791 black RAL 9005 109542 acc. to RAL² 102792 silver-coloured 107745 white RAL 9016 107747 black RAL 9005 119562 acc. to RAL² 107748 silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 GEZE TS 4000 S door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 1) Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 25 26 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 Designation Version ID no. galvanised 103548 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 058782 acc. to RAL² 119472 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 brass 072698 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL² 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000 closing force 5-7 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 EN 5-7 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1600 mm leaf width AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN5-7 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 27 28 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 closing force 5-7 S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: GEZE TS 4000 with hold-open linkage, , hold-open angle up to 150° (must not be used on fire and smoke protection doors, hold-open unit only effective up to closing force EN 6) TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 5–7 Leaf width recommended up to 1600 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 58 60 98 16,5 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 287 TS 4000 closing force 5-7 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 CLO SI N G FO RCE … -7 V I EW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 5-7 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 15 222±1 38±1 44±0,1 38±1 15 130±1 45±0,2 44±0,1 45±0,2 222±1 130±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 222 ±1 42±0,5 45±0,2 160 ±0,2 65±1 16±0,2 42±0,5 65±1 98 67 45±0,2 16±0,2 222 ±1 ca. 300 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 29 30 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 closing force 5-7 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N /O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 CLO SI N G FO RCE … -7 VIEW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 5-7 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 45±0,2 160±0,2 142±1 42±0,5 16±0,2 65±1 67 98 A 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 65±1 … 16±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 4000 closing force 5-7 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 acc. to RAL² 102838 Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 058782 acc. to RAL² 119472 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 brass 072698 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL² 000756 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 31 32 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E TS 4000 E Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Electrical hold-open device with hold-open area from 80°-175°  Electric hold-open device acc. to EN 1155 for hold-open systems  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 E | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION: GEZE TS 4000 E / transom installation opposite hinge side 24 V DC TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 E door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open angle 80°-175° Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● = yes 58 50 45 35 60 98 40 46 325 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 33 34 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 E 120 +10 VIEW 397 max. 95 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E D I R ECT I N STA LLATION … 45 ± … 37 … 20 20 130 130 135 ± … 135 ± … 160 ± … 160± … Cross-section = direct installation 222 45 ± … 37 222 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222 37 98 67 … 45± … 222 45± … 20 20 … 142 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160 ± … 142 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 37 ca. 300 TS 4000 E | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 35 TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 E V I EW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 142±1 Ø20 45±0,2 160±0,2 42±0,5 16±0,2 67 98 … 65±1 160±0,2 42±0,5 Ø20 142±1 16±0,2 … 65±1 I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 36 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 E door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 E KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 053134 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 R | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 R Overhead door closer with link arm with electric hold-open device and smoke switch AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Electric hold-open device acc. to EN 1155 for hold-open systems  Electrical hold-open device with hold-open area from 80°-175°  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 37 38 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 R TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 R KM BG door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supple- ● mentary sheet Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FU NCTION S Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit can be overridden ● Integrated smoke switch ● with visual operating state display ● with contamination indicator ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● integrated power supply ● ● = yes PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 16,5 58 65 65 98 547 TS 4000 R | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R V I EW 613 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 130 590 590 130 160 ± … 16 16 135 ± … 45 ± … 222 Cross-section = direct installation 50 38 ± … 50 15 160 ± … 135 ± … 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 45±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142±1 Ø16 45±0,2 16±0,2 24 65±1 26 26 Ø16 160±0,2 42±0,5 288±1 288±1 24 42±0,5 160±0,2 16±0,2 67 98 142±1 65±1 … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 39 40 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 R ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 R KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device and integrated smoke switch control unit (without link arm) silver-coloured 105241 acc. to RAL² 105242 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 galvanised 103550 black 058808 20 mm Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … ACCESSORIES 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled holdopen devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 Tandem Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors/gates with a leaf width greater than 1600 mm AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors from 1600 mm leaf width and very high weight  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 EN5-7 and TS 4000 EN1-6  Closing force from EN7 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors with conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting 41 42 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 Tandem TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 Tandem complete package PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supple- ● mentary sheet Length 287 mm Overall depth 51 mm Height 130 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 130 168 58 51 287 16 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 TAN DEM V I EW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 Tandem D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 45±0,2 45±0,2 222 130 44±1 15 38±1 222 130 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 130 51 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 80±1 65±1 45±0,2 130 16±0,2 42±0,5 80±1 45±0,2 142±1 60±0,2 160±1 142±1 56 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 43 44 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 Tandem ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 Tandem complete package with back check, with regular link arm silver-coloured 102841 acc. to RAL¹ 116186 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL¹ 102434 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL¹ 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL¹ 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 4000 Tandem with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 105119 acc. to RAL¹ 116189 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors TS 4000, Medisch Spectrum Twente, Netherlands (Photo: Erwin Kamphuis / GEZE GmbH) | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 45 46 47 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function Be it in nursing homes, hospitals or kindergartens – GEZE overhead door closers with link arm and electric free swing function enable doors to open and close almost effortlessly. Activate the free swing function by opening the door once to your opening angle of choice. Our door closers are suitable for left and right side single-action doors with a leaf width of up to 1400 mm and, naturally, for installation on fire and smoke protection doors. 48 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS TS 4000 EFS Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side (different variants)  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing  Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN 1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort  Free swing function after opening the door once to approx. 90°  Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 EFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION: GEZE TS 4000 EFS / transom installation opposite hinge side 24 V DC TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 RFS door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Free swing area 80°-175° ● = yes 58 50 45 35 60 98 40 46 325 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 49 50 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 EFS 120 +10 VIEW 397 max. 95 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 EFS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION … 45 ± … 37 … 20 20 130 130 135 ± … 135 ± … 160 ± … 160± … Cross-section = direct installation 222 45 ± … 37 222 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222 37 98 67 … 45± … 222 45± … 20 20 … 142 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160 ± … 142 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 37 ca. 300 TS 4000 EFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 EFS V IEW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 EFS 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 45±0,2 160±0,2 142±1 42±0,5 16±0,2 65±1 67 98 A 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 65±1 … 16±0,2 I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 51 52 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 RFS door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 EFS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function silver-coloured 106460 acc. to RAL² 106462 INSTA LLATION MAT E R I A L Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems 195524 GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 RFS Overhead door closer with link arm with electric free swing function and smoke switch AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing  Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort  Free swing function after opening the door once to approx. 90°  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 53 54 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 RFS TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Integrated smoke switch ● with visual operating state display ● with contamination indicator ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● Integrated power supply ● Free swing area 80°-175° ● = yes PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 16,5 58 65 65 98 547 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R FS D I S PLAY 613 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 RFS 130 590 590 50 38 ± … Cross-section = direct installation 135 ± … 16 45 ± … 45 ± … 222 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 130 160 ± … 16 15 160 ± … 135 ± … 50 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate, A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 45±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142±1 Ø16 45±0,2 16±0,2 65±1 26 24 26 Ø16 160±0,2 42±0,5 288±1 288±1 24 42±0,5 160±0,2 16±0,2 67 98 142±1 65±1 … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 55 56 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 RFS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and integrated smoke switch control unit (without frees wing link arm) silver-coloured 105241 acc. to RAL² 105242 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function silver-coloured 106460 acc. to RAL² 106462 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 black 058808 INSTA LLATION MAT E R I A L Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … ACCES S OR IES 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 RFS, Sparkasse, Germany (Photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) 57 58 59 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors Overhead door closer systems with link arm – the phrase might sound complicated, but the GEZE technology makes opening and closing double leaf doors particularly easier and convenient. Our integrated hydraulic closing sequence control helps in this regard: When the door closes, the active leaf must remain in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed – and until the active leaf is released by the closing sequence control. Use the various specific setting options for our overhead door closers and make your door and gate systems safe, efficient and accessible. 60 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS TS 4000 IS Overhead door closer system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 IS and TS 4000 with link arm and release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 61 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 IS door closer TS 4000 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment hydraulically adjustable Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● - ● = yes 58 16,5 287 98 287 60 Ø11 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 62 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 I S VIEW 2,5 25,5 ø11 55-100 20 Active leaf (TS 4000 IS) 15 Passive leaf (TS 4000) Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 130 45±0,2 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 45±0,2 222 130 135±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 80±1 45±0,2 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 45±0,2 80±1 160±0,2 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 I S V IEW TS 4000 IS Active leaf TS 4000 Passive leaf Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 63 64 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS R EC ES S FO R R ELEASE MECHANISM 85 ± … M5 … 12 + … 24 + … 75 +2 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 IS door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 102798 white RAL 9016 102801 acc. to RAL² 102802 silver-coloured 102789 white RAL 9016 102791 acc. to RAL² 102792 silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS / E-IS acc. to RAL² 102425 No. … hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No. … hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No. … hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No. … hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No. … hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No. … hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 ACCESSORIES acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex silver-coloured for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar white RAL 9016 Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems acc. to RAL² 199544 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material 1) Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 199546 199951 65 66 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS TS 4000 E-IS Overhead door closers system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side (different variants)  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 E-IS (active leaf) and TS 4000 E (passive leaf) and release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Electric hold-open device on both leaves with a hold-open area of 80°-175°  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Integrated back check on the passive leaf, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 E-IS door closer TS 4000 E door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Door closer tested in accordance Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 in accordance with EN1155 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 Product tested in accordance with Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Hold-open angle 80°-175° ● = yes 16,5 120 58 50 325 98 325 60 45 120 Ø11 PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 46 67 68 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 E- I S VIEW max.70 Active leaf (TS 4000 E-IS) 15 120 +10 120 +10 20 … ø11 55-100 Passive leaf (TS 4000 E) max.70 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 130 45±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 80±1 45±0,2 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 45±0,2 80±1 160±0,2 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM T R A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 E- I S V IEW TS 4000 E-IS TS 4000 E Active leaf Passive leaf Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I N STA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 142 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 69 70 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 E door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 E KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 GEZE TS 4000 E-IS door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device, connector box, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 105237 acc. to RAL² 105238 GEZE TS 4000 E-IS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without link arm and connector boxes) silver-coloured 105239 acc. to RAL² 105240 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS / E-IS/ R-IS acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 No.1 Hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No.2 Hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No.3 Hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No.4 Hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No.5 Hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No.6 Hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195522 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 159657 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL² 199951 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 71 72 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS TS 4000 R-IS Overhead door closer system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 R-IS with release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Electric hold-open device on both leaves with a hold-open area of 80°-175°  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Integrated back check on the passive leaf, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer TS 4000 R-IS KM BG second unit door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Supply voltage 1400 mm ● ● 230 V 50 Hz IP rating 24 V IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable with variable adjustment ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open angle 80°-175° Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Integrated smoke switch ● ○ with visual operating state display ● ○ with contamination indicator ● ○ with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ○ integrated power supply ● ○ ● = yes 73 74 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 547 15-55 58 16,5 Ø11 65 98 65 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R - I S … VIEW Passive leaf (TS 4000 R-IS second unit) Active leaf (TS 4000 R-IS) Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS 160 ± … 135 ± … 590 50 38 ± … 222 Cross-section = direct installation 590 16 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 ± … 16 135 ± … 50 130 15 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 45 ± … 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 130 TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door R EC ESS FO R RELEASE MECHANISM 85 ± … M5 12 + … 24 + … 75 +2 … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 75 76 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured GEZE TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch control unit (without link arm and acc. to RAL² release mechanism) 105244 GEZE TS 4000 R-IS KM BG second unit door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without smoke switch control unit and link arm) silver-coloured 105246 acc. to RAL² 105247 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/ E-IS/ R-IS 105245 No.1 Hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No.2 Hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No.3 Hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No.4 Hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No.5 Hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No.6 Hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 INSTALLATION MATERIAL black Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 058808 ACCESSORIES 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195522 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195523 black GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems 163068 white GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform acc. to RAL² with DIN EN 14637 139850 white GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform acc. to RAL² with DIN EN 14637 139881 170523 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 77 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL² 199951 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000, Mövenpick Airport, Germany (photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) 78 79 SW ING D O OR Accessories Providing the necessary safety in the event of danger – this is a job for hold-open devices in many cases. We can offer you an extensive range of accessories for this, such as a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – use the right solution for you from our diverse range. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 80 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 81 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 OR D E R IN FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 82 83 SW ING D O O R Further information With overhead door closers with link arm, your swing doors are always closed when they shouldn’t be open. As they do not have to be manually closed, they also provide safety in the event of a fire. Tightened legal regulations make overhead door closers with link arm essential for many doors. For every self-locking door and all other needs, GEZE always offers the matching solution. Use our many variants with a wide variety of technical and visual options. 84 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Further information | Technology TECHN OLOGY GE Z E OV E R H E A D D O O R CLO SER TS 4000 … 6 … 1 … TECHN OLOGY GE Z E OV E R H E A D D O O R CLO SER TS 2000 N V BC … 3 … 1 … 1 = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Closing force display | … = Setting closing force from the front | … = Setting closing force from the side Product functions and information | Further information | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 85 GE N E R AL P R O D U CT F U N CT I O N S A N D I N FO R M ATI O N GE ZE D OOR C LO S E R S W I T H L I N K A R M 0° … 1 180° … 2 … = Back check When doors are pushed open forcefully by approximately 90°, this function is activated in order to slow them down. However, it must not be used as a substitute for separate measures designed to limit the opening angle (such as installation of a door stopper or other structural methods), e.g. in the case of doors that open outwards or are liable to be exposed to the wind. … = Closing speed The speed at which a door closes can be set on an individual basis. … = Latching action When the door is just a few degrees away from reaching the closed position, this function increases the door speed in order to overcome any closing resistance (e.g. in the form of air resistance). … = Delayed closing This function reduces the closing speed of a door or stops the door so that people have enough time to get through it. GE ZE D OOR C LO S E R S W I T H A D J U STA B LE CLO SI N G FO R CE The relevant standards stipulate that the closing force (closing force of the closer) must be selected in accordance with the door leaf width. Where necessitated by the structural (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind), the next closing force up must be set. The GEZE TS 4000, TS 2000 and their variants offer several door closer sizes in one housing; the desired size can be selected by means of an adjustment screw or by altering the installation position. The TS 4000 features a display so you can see which closing force is currently selected. Closing force acc. to EN standard Door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Closing force … over 1400 up to 1600 SP EC IA LLY FO R O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI D E I N STALLATI O N A B A = Reveal depth B = Reveal depth +2 Door thickness +2 Pivot point distance Door opening up to 180° is only possible if the dimensions A = 70 mm and B = 200 mm are not exceeded: 86 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Further information | General product information for door closers PRO D U CT IN FOR M AT I O N FO R D O O R CLO SERS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing leaf doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED pressure acting on the door if door closers are used for any purpose other than closing doors Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's closing swing leaf doors after they have been opened manually. recommendations The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable feature. The level of closing force needed for specific leaf widths is 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as defini- Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain specific details of product performance, special requirements must be tive. Door closers are used on installed swing leaf doors made from metal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. requirements constitutes improper use. Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on how often they are operated, how they are operated, environ Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being mental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it be replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be is also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing leaf door type and extent of use. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing leaf doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door Grease all moving parts on the link arm. opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statdoor’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s utory inspections, monitoring demands and suggested maintemaximum opening angle. If swing leaf doors are to be fixed in the nance intervals. open position, this may only be achieved using special additional Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. fittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on Check that the door is able to move easily. smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must ingredients. be heeded). Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing leaf doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in environments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances or in extremely high or low temperatures. Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any additional devices) are installed and commissioned. 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing leaf doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action. incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure or under- 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT The following resources are available to help planners, specialist suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, Tender texts, bidding documents, Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating instructions, standards Advice from field staff. To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, Installation engineers are advised to observe all the product information and to pass it on the client and user. Cover caps for GEZE door closers | Further information | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM COV E R CAPS FO R G E Z E D O O R CLO SE R S The following cover caps are available for the TS 2000 and TS 4000 overhead door closers: silver-coloured dark bronze white RAL 9016 polished brass stainless steel Further RAL colours on request. 87 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Deutschland Telefon: +49 7152 203 … Telefax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2023_07 ID no. 091594 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 7 MB)
Integrated door closers
Product brochure

Integrated door closers

SWING DOOR Integrated door closers INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S Boxer 08 Boxer E with electric hold-open device 14 Boxer P for double-action doors 18 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N Boxer EFS 24 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S Boxer ISM with integrated closing sequence control 30 Boxer E-ISM with electric hold-open device 38 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N Boxer ISM-EFS with electric free swing function on the active leaf 48 BOX E R P IVOT B E A R I N G Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open doors without a door closer 56 AC C ES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 62 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Product information for door closers 66 … 4 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Overview OVERV IE W TA B LE O F I N T EG R AT E D D O O R CLO SER S For single leaf doors Boxer size 2-4 / 2-4 … V Boxer size 3-6 Boxer E size 2-4 Boxer E size 3-6 Boxer EFS Boxer P ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN4 1100 EN4 1100 FSA FSA FSA FL EN4 1100 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2-4 3-6 2-4 3-6 4-6 2-4 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1100 1400 1100 1400 1400 1100 Leaf weight (max.) in kg 130 180 130 180 180 80 Closer body integrated in the door leaf ● ● ● ● ● ● Guide rail integrated in the door frame ● ● ● ● ● ● 120° 120° 120° 120° 120° 120° Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Latching action, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device² ● ● ● ● Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Opening angle (max.) FUNCTIONS Electric hold-open device ● Electric hold-open device for free swing ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated Flexible opening restrictor ● ● ● ● = yes | … An additional suitability certificate is required with the door for fire and smoke protection doors. | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors | FSA = Hold-open device | FSA FL = Hold-open device with free swing Overview | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers OV E RV IE W TA B LE O F I N T EG R AT E D D O O R CLO SERS For double leaf doors Boxer ISM Boxer E-ISM Boxer ISM-EFS ● ● ● EN4 1100 FSA FSA FL Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2-4/3-6 2-4/3-6 4-6/3-6 (2-4) Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1100/1400 1100/1400 1400/1400 (1100) 130/180 130/180 180/180 (130) Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm Leaf weight (max.) in kg POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Closer body integrated in the door leaf ● ● ● Guide rail integrated in the door frame ● ● ● 120° 120° 120° Opening angle (max.) FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● Latching action, adjustable ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device² ● Electric hold-open device ● Electric hold-open device for free swing ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ● ● ● ● = yes | … An additional suitability certificate is required with the door for fire and smoke protection doors. | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors | FSA = Hold-open device | FSA FL = Hold-open device with free swing … 6 … SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors Comfort with safety – that is what integrated door closers from GEZE offer. They close your swing doors gently and quietly, and brake the door's swing due to their back check function. You can always count on GEZE Boxer solutions for single leaf swing doors. You determine the closing speed. You can count on the highest level of safety with all integrated door closers. … Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer Boxer Integrated door closer for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width, for door weights up to 180 kg For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 440 31 42 45 42 45 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 32 32 240 Closing force 2-4 440 31 40 51 54 51 54 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 40 249,8 Closing force 3-6 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● = yes | ○ = optional ● - ● - … Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail Boxer 12 mm Guide rail Boxer … mm PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Single-action door Length 440 mm Overall depth 20 mm 31 mm Height 12 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated - Holding open ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER S I Z E 2-4 22 … 95 22 440 9,5 9,5 20,7 … 4,5 7,5 51 … 12 32,5 27 27 240 107,8 20 20 175 99 286 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 95 440 456 87 16,2 27 43 … 27 7,5 … 43 10 78,5 175 107,8 99 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 240 286 95 Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers B OX ER SI Z E … -6 95 30 440 9,5 9,5 4,5 60 7,5 12 20,7 … 4 30 … 25,5 25 35,5 25 175 103,2 249,8 94,5 293 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm … 34 23,5 … 34 95 440 86,5 457,5 23,5 175 103,2 94,5 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 249,8 293 87 11 12 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer BOXE R – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve smooth latching function also possible, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever, overall height 12 mm Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with tapered lever, overall height 12 mm Boxer guide rail … mm with lever, overall height … mm Boxer guide rail … mm with lever and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm Version ID no. silver-coloured 129213 silver-coloured 184365 acc. to RAL1 135732 silver-coloured 112161 silver-coloured 095141 acc. to RAL1 135689 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open device for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mechanical hold open unit for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rails, standard guide rail BG and Boxer guide rail … mm 069780 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers MST Medisch Spectrum Twente, Enschede, Benelux (photo: Erwin Kamphuis) 13 14 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer E Boxer E Integrated door closer for single leaf doors with a leaf width of up to 1400 mm with electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width, for door weights up to 180 kg For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-120° Retention force of the hold-open function with variable adjustment Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer E | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 42 83,5 30 440 32 240 Closing force 2-4 440 51 54 92,5 30 31 40 249,8 Closing force 3-6 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● = yes | ○ = optional ● - ● - 15 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer E TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E guide rail Boxer PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Single-action door Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP 43 Statements of approval Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length 440 mm Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Holding open Electrical Hold-open function can be switched on and off ● Hold-open function can be overridden ● ● = yes | ○ = optional INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER E SI Z E 2-4 95 22 440 9,5 9,5 4,5 51 7,5 … 30 … 27 27 32,5 107,8 20 98 240 175 99 286 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm B OX ER E SI Z E … -6 … 95 27 440 9,5 9,5 54,5 25,5 16 175 103,2 94,5 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 249,8 293 Boxer E | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E – OR DE R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 E guide rail Boxer with lever and electric hold-open device Version ID no. silver-coloured 119640 acc. to RAL2 135775 ACCESSORIES 145311 Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white 116266 Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white 120880 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme … only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 17 18 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer P Boxer P Integrated door closer for single leaf double-action doors with a leaf width of up to 1100 mm ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left double-action doors Double-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width and 80 kg weight For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-4 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer P | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 440 31 42 45 42 45 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 240 Boxer P TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 80 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 286 mm Width 32 mm Height 45 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail Boxer 12 mm Guide rail Boxer … mm PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Double-action door Length 440 mm Width 20 mm 31 mm Height 12 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated Holding open Optional Mechanical Hold-open function can be switched on and off - ● Hold-open function can be overridden - ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 19 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer P INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER P S I Z E 2-4 174 440 118 … 8,5 46 … 31 … 23 20,7 46,5 … 70 12 Ø 25 46,5 20 25 106,8 96 29 240 286 Installation on timber door BOXE R P– OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with lever for double-action doors, overall height 12 mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 129344 acc. to RAL1 135733 Guide rail Boxer … mm with lever for double-action doors with mechanical hold-open device, Overall height … mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 104246 acc. to RAL1 135731 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open function for standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mechanical hold-open function for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer P | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers Hotel, Berlin, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) 21 22 23 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function For added comfort and safety, the integrated door closer is available with electric free swing function. It can be used to open your single leaf swing door with minimal force. The comfort latching function that locks the door at the end of its free swing area adds an extra feature to the free swing door closer. The system also fulfils discerning design requirements: The door closer is recessed into the door leaf and frame to fit perfectly in your swing door system. 24 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer EFS 4-6 Boxer EFS 4-6 Integrated door closer for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 180 kg leaf weight Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN 4-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer EFS 4-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers P l e a s e n o t e : According to the general DIBt official building approval for hold-open systems, the use of a manual trigger switch for free swing door closers is compulsory. PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G Boxer EFS TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer EFS 4-6 PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 4-6 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 50 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Supply voltage IP rating Statements of approval ● 24 V DC IP43 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length 332 mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable ● Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, mechanically in the guide rail Position of closing force adjustment electrical / for free swing function Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Hold-open function integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional ● electrical / for free swing function 25 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer EFS 4-6 INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER EFS 31 40 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm … Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 54 … 51 26 Boxer EFS 4-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E FS – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Boxer EFS 4-6 Closing force EN 4-6, with electric free swing function incl. free swing lever with comfort hold-open function 153559 Guide rail Boxer EFS 12 mm Overall height 12 mm, for Boxer EFS 4-6 153560 Guide rail Boxer EFS … mm Overall height … mm, for Boxer EFS 4-6 153571 ACCESSORIES Spindle extension Boxer EFS 4-6 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices … mm 153573 … mm 153574 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme white … only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 116266 120880 120503 27 28 29 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors An integrated door closer with closing sequence control is used to close double leaf doors safely. It guarantees that the active leaf closes after the passive leaf. This ensures that nothing and no one can become trapped. GEZE Boxer solutions available for double leaf swing doors have been designed to optimally match your swing door, and can be individually adjusted. 30 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM Boxer ISM Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System made of two Boxer door closers and an ISM guide rail Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: For doors with narrow hinge clearance from 1130 mm (opening angle max. 100°) For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 484 614 31 30 38,5 45 Active leaf 240 42 240 Passive leaf 32 Boxer ISM, closing force 2-4 484 614 31 30 38,5 45 Active leaf 240 42 240 Passive leaf 32 Boxer ISM, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 2-4 45 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 31 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM 435 614 31 240 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 2-4 435 614 31 240 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 3-6 45 30 38,5 240 42 32 Passive leaf Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● ● Leaf width recommended up to Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Statements of approval Length Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Yes, via valve top ● ● Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● ● TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail Boxer ISM guide rail Boxer, small hinge clearance variant ISM guide rail Boxer, small passive leaf variant Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1130 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm 420 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Statements of approval Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● Hold-open function integrated ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 33 Fixed leaf – right leaf Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2200 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 GF = Moving leaf Door opening angle approx. 120° Minimum width of fixed leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Frame machining, fixed leaf Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 34 | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM IN STALLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1940 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1640 mm Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Frame machining, fixed leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle SF door opening angle approx. 120° GF door opening angle approx. 120° SF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° TÖW GF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 120° TÖW Width of fixed leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATI O N D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M / E- I SM SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R 35 Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle FL door opening angle approx. 120° FL hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° DOA Minimum width of fixed leaf = 420 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, fixed leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 36 | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM INSTA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL HI N G E CLEAR AN CE I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R IS M– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm Version 099728 ID no. … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 ISM guide rail Boxer with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 114141 ISM guide rail Boxer version, small hinge clearance especially for small hinge clearances from 1130 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 120894 ISM guide rail Boxer version, small passive leaf especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 128597 ACCESSORIES GEZE flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Mechanical hold-open function for ISM-guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 145311 acc. to RAL1 153728 silver-coloured 153602 118437 37 38 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM Boxer E-ISM Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System made of two Boxer door closers and an E- ISM guide rail Closing force of EN 2-4 or EN 3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-120° Retention force of the hold-open function with variable adjustment Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VERSI O N S: For doors with narrow hinge clearance from 1130 mm (opening angle max. 100°) For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 484 614 31 30 42 Active leaf 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 240 32 Boxer E-ISM, closing force 2-4 484 614 31 249,8 51 54 30 38,5 249,8 Active leaf Passive leaf 40 Boxer E-ISM, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer E-ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 2-4 45 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 39 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM 435 614 31 249,8 54 30 51 Active leaf 38,5 249,8 Passive leaf 40 Boxer E-ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 3-6 435 577 31 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 38,5 240 30 240 32 Boxer E-ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 2-4 435 577 31 249,8 30 38,5 249,8 Active leaf 51 54 40 40 Boxer E-ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 3-6 Passive leaf Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● ● Leaf width recommended up to Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent intentional damage ● Yes, via valve top ● ● Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E-ISM guide rail Boxer E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small hinge clearance small passive leaf PRODUCT FEATURES Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1130 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm 420 mm Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP 43 Statements of approval Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open function integrated ● ● electrical Hold-open function on active leaf / passive leaf ●/● Hold-open function can be switched on and off ● ● ● Hold-open function can be overridden ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 41 Fixed leaf – right leaf Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2200 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 GF = Moving leaf Door opening angle approx. 120° Minimum width of fixed leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Frame machining, fixed leaf Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 42 | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM INSTA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M / E- I SM STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1940 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1640 mm Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Frame machining, fixed leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle SF door opening angle approx. 120° GF door opening angle approx. 120° SF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° TÖW GF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 120° TÖW Width of fixed leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATI O N D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R 43 Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle FL door opening angle approx. 120° FL hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° DOA Minimum width of fixed leaf = 420 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, fixed leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 44 | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM IN STALLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL HI N G E CLEARAN CE I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E-IS M– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) Version ID no. E-ISM guide rail Boxer With integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 114142 E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small hinge clearance especially for small hinge clearances from 1130 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 120895 E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small passive leaf especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 128598 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices 145311 acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE holdopen systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 alpine white 116266 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring 120503 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. alpine white 120880 45 46 47 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors with free swing function For added comfort and safety, the integrated door closer is available with electric free swing function. It can be used to open your double leaf swing door with minimal force. The comfort latching function that locks the door at the end of its free swing area adds an extra feature to the free swing door closer. The system also fulfils discerning design requirements: The door closer is recessed into the door leaf and frame to fit perfectly in your swing door system. 48 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS Boxer ISM-EFS Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 50 mm Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System consisting of two door closers Boxer EFS- 4-6 and Boxer 2-4 or 3-6 with ISM guide rail Closing force of EN 4-6 with variable adjustment on the active leaf, EN 3-6 or EN 2-4 on the passive leaf Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 614 … 484 … (240) Active leaf Passive leaf Boxer ISM-EFS 614 … Active leaf Boxer ISM-EFS for small passive leaf 435 … (240) Passive leaf 49 50 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer 2–4 2–4 3–6 Boxer EFS 4-6 PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to Minimum leaf thickness Identical design for DIN left and DIN right 4–6 1400 mm 130 kg 180 kg 180 kg 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm 50 mm ● ● ● ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating Statements of approval Length IP 43 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm 332 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm 54 mm Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● ● Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, mechanically in the guide rail ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, via valve Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Top Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● Hold-open function integrated electrically, for free swing function ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail Boxer ISM guide rail Boxer Small passive leaf variant Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Statements of approval Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional ● ● Smallest door width B = 1335 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Door leaf machining, active leaf GEZE Boxer EFS 4-6 Alternative positions Connecting terminal 24V DC Frame machining, active leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1335 mm Largest door width B = 2500 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 + EFS 4-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Active leaf – left leaf Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Passive leaf – right leaf GF = Active leaf SF = Passive leaf Door opening angle approx. 110° Minimum width of passive leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for passive leaf lock Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 2-4 Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 3-6 Frame machining, passive leaf Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M - EFS STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R 51 Alternative positions Connecting terminal 24V DC Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Connecting terminal Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 2500 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 + EFS 4-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Active leaf – left leaf Channel cover, (wire cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Passive leaf – right leaf GF = Active leaf SF = Passive leaf TÖW = Door opening angle Door opening angle GF approx. 100° Door opening angle SF approx. 110° Minimum width of passive leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for passive leaf lock Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 2-4 Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 3-6 Frame machining, passive leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, active leaf GEZE Boxer EFS 4-6 Frame machining, active leaf 52 | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G B OX E R I SM - E FS SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers BOX E R IS M-E FS– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. Boxer EFS 4-6 Closing force EN 4-6, with electric free swing function incl. free swing lever with comfort lock function … mm 153559 Spindle extension Boxer EFS 4-6 … mm 153573 … mm 153574 Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 ISM guide rail Boxer with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 114141 ISM guide rail Boxer small passive leaf variant especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 128597 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE holdopen systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white according to RAL² 170523 according to RAL² 170524 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 116266 120503 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted installation for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices 139881 alpine white 120880 10994 53 54 55 SW ING D O O R Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or hold-open function for doors without a door closer 56 Integrated door closers | Boxer pivot bearing Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or hold-open function for doors without a door closer ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single- and double-action doors Opening restriction for single- or double-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a Boxer on double leaf door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Holds doors open without door closer, not self-locking The door opening angle is limited and a door stopper is usually no longer required Doing without door stoppers enhances the appearance of the door area, stumbling hazards and dirty corners disappear Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Crushing between door leaf and floor mounted door stopper is avoided Boxer pivot bearing |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G Boxer pivot bearing IN STA LLATION I N FO R M AT I O N Pivot bearing with short cover plate Pivot bearing with long cover plate 57 58 Integrated door closers | Boxer pivot bearing BOXE R P IVOT B E A R I N G - O R D E R I N FO R M ATI O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open of doors without door closer, for use with all Boxer guide rails 0, 2, 4, 6, … mm Version ID no. 156278 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever, overall height 12 mm silver-coloured 129213 according to RAL1 135732 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever for double-action doors, overall height 12 mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 129344 according to RAL1 135733 Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with tapered lever, overall height 12 mm silver-coloured 184365 acc. to RAL1 135732 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever, overall height … mm silver-coloured 112161 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm silver-coloured 95141 according to RAL1 135689 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever for double-action doors and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 104246 according to RAL1 135731 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open function for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Mechanical hold-open function for standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer pivot bearing |  Integrated door closers Vitra Haus, Weil am Rhein, Germany (photo: Oliver Look) 59 60 61 SW ING D O OR Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 62 INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories | RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT RSZ … smoke switch control unit Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible VIDEO RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT | Accessories | INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL² 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL² 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 63 64 65 SW ING D O OR Further information Product information for door closers 66 Integrated door closers | Further information | Product information for door closers Product information for door closers P R O DU CT I N FO R M ATION FOR DOOR CLOSERS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for closing swing doors after they have been opened manually. The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable feature. The level of closing force required for specific leaf widths is defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as definitive. Door closers are used on installed swing doors made from metal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these requirements constitutes improper use. Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it is also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the door’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s maximum opening angle. If swing doors are to be fixed in the open position, this may only be achieved using special additional fittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must be heeded). Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in environments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances or in extremely high or low temperatures. Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any additional devices) are installed and commissioned. 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action, if incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment occurs, if reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure or underpressure acting on the door, if door closers are used for any purpose other than closing doors, if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain specific details of product performance, special requirements must be discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on how often they are operated, how they are operated, environmental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must be replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. Product information for door closers | Further information |  Integrated door closers 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing door type and extent of use). The following resources are available to help planners, specialist suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Grease all moving parts on the link arm. In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statutory inspections, monitoring requirements and suggested maintenance intervals. Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. Check that the door is able to move easily. Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging ingredients. Andels Hotel, Berlin, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, Tender texts and bidding documents, Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating instructions, standards Advice from field staff. To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information, Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, fabrication companies are advised to observe all the product, information and to pass it on to the client and user. 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2023_01 ID no. 091609 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 4 MB)
Floor springs and all-glass fittings
Product brochure

Floor springs and all-glass fittings

SWING DOORS Floor springs and glass clamping fittings Contents |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F SI N G LE A N D D O U B LE-ACTI O N DO O R S TS 500 NV 08 TS 500 N EN3 14 TS 550 NV 20 TS 550 NV F 26 ACC ES S OR IES Accessories for floor springs 34 RSZ … smoke switch control unit 46 GLAS S CLAMP I N G F I TT I N G S GEZE Glass Fittings 50 Corner fittings and pivot bearings 52 Fanlight and connecting fittings 55 Locks and strike boxes 58 M OD U LA R FIX E D PA N E L P R O F I LE SYST EMS Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 64 … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Overview TS 500 N EN … TS 550 NV F Max. door leaf width (mm) 1100 TS 550 NV ● TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function Approval for fire and smoke protection doors TS 500 NV with hold-open function OVERV IE W TS 500 NV … 950 1400 1400 ● 1100 950 ● APPLICATION POSSIBILITIES: Single-action doors (right/left) ● ● ● ● ● ● Opening angle 170° 170° 170° 170° 170° 180° Double-action doors ● ● ● ● ● Leaf weight up to kg 150 150 100 100 300 300 ● ● EN … fix EN … fix ● ● ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS: Closing force, adjustable Back check, fixed ● ● Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open function ● ● ● Hold-open angle 85° 90° 105° 120° 85° 90° 105° 120° 85° 165° ● = yes TABLE S HOWIN G T H E R AT I O O F CLO S I N G FO RCE TO DO O R LEAF W I DTH Closing force Door leaf width (mm) Size … up to 850 Size … over 850 up to 950 Size … over 950 up to 1100 Size … over 1100 up to 1250 Size … over 1250 up to 1400 C OV ER PLATES There are various cover plates with screw accessories available for floor springs. These can be used on the right, left and with double-action doors. P I VOT H I N GES / D OOR RAILS Special upper pivots and door rails with 36 mm pivot point distance are required for the installation of a floor spring on single-action doors. (See accessories for floor springs from page 32) T HE REQU I REMEN TS The standard (EN 1154) stipulates that the door closer size (closing force) must be set to match the door leaf width. The next higher size has to be set if the structural circumstances (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind influence) make this necessary. T HE G EZ E S O LUTI ON The floor spring - versions of the TS 500 NV and TS 550 NV series comprise several sizes in one housing. Using an adjustment screw, the corresponding closing force can easily be adapted to the structural and local circumstances. … 6 … SW ING D O O R S For single leaf single and double-action doors Almost invisible, yet fully functional: Floor springs ensure that your doors will close themselves after opening. They’re just as good as overhead door closers where convenience and safety are concerned. All individual parts are built into the floor or the door. Floor springs are ideal when the door design should be as unobtrusive as possible – be it at elegant portals or in upmarket shop fittings. They master this particular challenge for semicircular arched doors or all-glass doors as a single system – and with flair at that. … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV TS 500 NV Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 1100 mm leaf width with adjustable closing force EN 1-4 and with optional hold-open function ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width and 150 kg weight Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Adjustable closing force of EN1-4 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing speed can be individually adjusted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed V E R S ION S  TS 500 NV with hold-open function: mechanical hold-open function in door closer with hold-open area of 85°/90°/105°/120° for single-action doors and hold-open area of 90°/95°/110°/125° for double-action doors (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R F LO O R SP R I N G S TS 500 NV TS 500 NV with hold-open function yes no PRODUCT FEATURES Suitability for fire protection doors Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door, double-action door Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm 1100 mm - Type of installation floor Opening angle (max.) 170° Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … – … Leaf width (max.) 1100 mm Leaf weight (max.) 150 kg DIN/ISO direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 278 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 42 mm Length adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated no Position of closing force adjustment top Holding open no mechanical Single-action door hold-open area - 85°, 90°, 105°, 120° Double-action door hold-open area - 90°/95°/110°/125° Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Closing sequence control integrated no Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° ● = yes | - = not available … 2 … 4 … = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV PRODU CT S CALE D R AW I N G 42 TS … 0 … N V 278 298 36-46 36-46 82 105 51-61 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A 36 B-B 51 A A 36 278 B H S 82 B 42 10 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: C A A-A 175 … X … 28 … 31 46 C-C Y 84 75 … 85 R8 135 254 48 … B 53 OKFF 42 … 6 23 B (26) 82 R8 10,62 15 A 7,5 C R8 278 TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 … 25 31 30 R 21 52 50 ° B-B R8 … 15 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 61 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 11 12 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV TS 500 N V – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation TS 500 NV door closer Size EN 1-4, optionally with fixed mechanical hold-open function (without cover plate and accessories) DIN Direction Hold-open single action Hold-open double-action Version left/right 0° 0° silver-coloured 102084 left/right 85° 90° silver-coloured 103974 ID no. left/right 90° 95° silver-coloured 104028 left/right 105° 110° silver-coloured 104029 left/right 120° 125° silver-coloured 104030 Floor spring cover plate for TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 brass 103012 stainless steel 102127 TS 500 N V – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Spindle extension Version ID no. left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring … with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 0 … N V – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 flat cone 007434 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 13 14 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N EN3 Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 950 mm leaf width with fixed closing force EN3 and with optional hold-open function ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 950 mm leaf width and 100 kg weight Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Fixed closing force of EN3 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing speed can be individually adjusted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed V E R S ION S   TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function: with fixed closing force of EN3 and mechanical hold-open function in the door closer with hold-open area of 85°/90°/105°/120° for single-action doors and hold-open area of 90°/95°/110°/125° for double-action doors (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R F LO O R SP R I N G S PRODUCT FEATURES Headline 30Pt neg undo from template Suitability for fire protection doors Use on single-action/double-action door TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function yes no single-action door, double-action door Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm 950 mm Type of installation floor Opening angle (max.) 170° Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … Leaf width (max.) 950 mm Leaf weight (max.) 100 kg DIN/ISO direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 278 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 42 mm Length adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable no Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, fixed Back check integrated yes, fixed Delayed closing integrated no Position of closing force adjustment top Holding open no mechanical Single-action door hold-open area - 85°, 90°, 105°, 120° Double-action door hold-open area - 90°/95°/110°/125° Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Closing sequence control integrated no yes Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° ● = yes | - = not available … 2 … 4 … = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 15 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 42 TS 500 N EN … 278 298 36-46 36-46 82 105 51-61 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A 36 B-B 51 A A 36 278 B H S 82 B 42 16 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: C A A-A 175 … X … 28 … 31 46 C-C Y 84 75 … 85 R8 135 254 48 … B 53 OKFF 42 … 6 23 B (26) 82 R8 10,62 15 A 7,5 C R8 278 TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 … 25 31 30 R 21 52 50 ° B-B R8 … 15 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 61 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 17 18 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction left/right TS 500 N EN3 door closer Size EN 3, optionally with fixed mechanical hold-open function left/right (without cover plate and accessories) left/right Hold-open single-action Hold-open double-action Version 0° 0° silver-coloured 103086 85° 90° silver-coloured 104046 ID no. 90° 95° silver-coloured 104047 left/right 105° 110° silver-coloured 111594 left/right 120° 125° silver-coloured 111596 Floor spring cover plate for TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 brass 103012 stainless steel 102127 TS 500 N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Spindle extension Version ID no. left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring … with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 0 … N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 flat cone 007434 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 19 20 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV TS 550 NV Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 1400 mm leaf width with adjustable closing force EN 3-6 and with hold-open function that can be switched on and off ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 300 kg weight Highly frequented and heavy doors Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Closing force of EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Adjustable delayed closing action, for adjusting the closing speed of the door up to an opening angle of approx. 80° Mechanical hold-open function in door closer with hold-open area of 85°-165° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings T EC H N I CAL DATA F O R F L O O R S P R I N G S TS 550 NV PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door/double-action door Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … – … Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 300 kg Door stop DIN direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 342 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 54 mm Length adjustment range for cement box … mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated yes Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° Holding open mechanical Hold-open unit can be switched on and off yes Hold-open unit can be overridden yes ● = yes | – = not available … 2 … 4 … 1 = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Hold-open function setting / closing delay | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 21 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 54 1,5 TS … 50 N V 342 362 36 82 105 36 51-60 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A B 36 30 B-B A A 54 36 51 82 342 B H S 22 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: A-A C A 175 … 31 46 C-C Y … 84 75 28 … 6 X 85 R8 135 (26) 254 48 … B … 23 B 53 OKFF 54 … 342 TS 550 NV / TS 550 N EN4 82 15 R8 R8 10,62 7,5 A C … 25 31 50 52 R 21 30 ° B-B R8 15 … 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 60 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 23 24 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV TS 55 … N V – OR DE R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation TS 550 NV door closer1 Size EN 3-6, with integrated hold-open function, hold-open area 85°– 165°, can be switched on/off, alternatively delayed closing possible, door leaf weight to 300 kg (without cover plate and accessories) DIN Direction Axle extension Version left/right Floor spring cover plate for TS 550 NV / TS 550 NV F ID no. silver-coloured 123950 brass 125890 stainless steel 125888 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring ² with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 006798 045196 045155 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 left/right EV1 001090 left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137642 right EV1 037918 038302 left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring ² with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt 006794 left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 5 … N V – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Axle extension Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors flat cone 007434 Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … Use on fire protection doors not permissible … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 25 26 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F TS 550 NV F Floor spring for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with hold-open function that can be switched on and off ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 300 kg weight Highly frequented and heavy doors Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Closing force of EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Adjustable delayed closing action, for adjusting the closing speed of the door up to an opening angle of approx. 80° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings T EC H N I CAL DATA F O R F L O O R S P R I N G S TS 550 NV F PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 300 kg Door stop DIN direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 342 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 54 mm Length adjustment range for cement box … mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated ● Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Closing effect from 180° Holding open no ● = yes | – = not available … 2 … 4 … 1 = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = open Closing delay setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 27 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 54 1,5 TS … 50 N V F 342 362 36 82 105 36 51-60 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): B-B B 30 A-A 36 A A 54 36 82 51 342 B H S 28 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 5 … N V F – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N DIN Direction Designation TS 550 NV F door closer Size EN 3-6, closing effect from 180°, without hold-open function, delayed closing possible, door leaf weight up to 300 kg (without cover plate and accessories) Spindle extension Version ID no. left silver-coloured 132755 right silver-coloured 132754 brass 125890 stainless steel 125888 stainless steel optic 137586 Floor spring cover plate for TS 550 NV / TS 550 NV F / TS 550 NV E ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt 12 left left EV1 006794 left aluminium, matt 006792 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 right aluminium, matt 006796 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 left aluminium, matt 045184 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 right aluminium, matt 045011 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 left/right EV1 001090 left/right aluminium, matt 001089 left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 left aluminium, matt 037917 right stainless steel optic 137642 right EV1 038302 right aluminium, matt 038284 left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 29 30 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F TS 55 … N V F – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … 2 with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. … Only permissible for fire and smoke protection doors when this use is included in the approval certificate for the door. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS 550 NV F, HafenCity University, Hamburg, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) 31 32 33 SW ING D O ORS Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | TS 137b / TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearingand cover plate TS 137b / TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearing and cover plate … WITH FLAT CONICAL SPINDLE, MAX. DOOR WEIGHT 250 KG, 75 X 70 MM WITH REINFORCEMENT PLATE 70 25 45 34,5 19,5 25 75 72 34 80 Pivot bearing with flat conical spindle Pivot bearing with flat conical spindle FLOO R -M OU N T E D P I VOT B E A R I N G S A N D COVER PLATES – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. TS 137 b floor-mounted pivot bearing with flat conical spindle, max. door weight 250 kg, 75x70 mm with reinforcement plate … mm silver-coloured 009788 … mm silver-coloured 009790 TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearing with square spindle, door weight max. 250 kg, 75 x 70 mm with thrust bearing … mm silver-coloured 010556 … mm silver-coloured 010564 stainless steel 012846 Cover plate for floor-mounted pivot bearing for type TS 137 b and TS 32 b Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 10 19 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E D B FO R S I N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 217 45 48 48 48 24 48 52 33 Door rail model DB … Door rail model DB S 19,5 a 167 46 46 … 46 b 20 45 53 S 33 S c Pivot hinge model DB Pivot hinge model DB IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 … 16 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 … 20 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 … 24 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 35 36 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | TS Door 137b rail/and TS 32 pivot b floor-mounted hinge for single pivot action bearingand doors cover plate D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E D B FO R S I N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors ¹ Designation flat cone galvanised 044579 square galvanised 037581 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors ¹ combination a galvanised 044676 combination b DIN left galvanised 044697 combination b DIN right galvanised 044680 combination c galvanised 044787 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 19 10 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E E K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 35 36 33 Door rail model EK … S a … Door rail model EK 33 38,5 S 36 b S c Pivot hinge model EK Pivot hinge model EK IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 27 13 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 31 17 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 35 21 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 37 38 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E E K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O RS – O R DER I N FO R MATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … Designation flat cone phosphated 008269 square phosphated 006696 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … combination b DIN left phosphated 006719 combination b DIN left phosphated 000889 combination b DIN left phosphated 000890 combination b DIN left phosphated 000891 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Door rail and pivot hingefor single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 10 19 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E F K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 35 78 33 Door rail model FK S 19,5 a … Door rail model FK … 40 S 78 b 33 S c Pivot hinge model FK Pivot hinge model FK IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 28 15 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 32 19 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 36 23 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 39 40 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Door rail and pivot hingefor single-action doors D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E F K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors … Designation flat cone phosphated 008270 square phosphated 006699 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors … combination a phosphated 006724 combination b DIN left phosphated 000895 combination b DIN right phosphated 000896 combination c phosphated 000897 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted and rebated doors) | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted and rebated doors) 25 SU ITAB LE FOR M O D E LS D B, E K , F K 76 36 32 R 25 Cover cap, right Cover caps for door rail models DB, EK, FK COV E R CAP S FO R D O O R R A I LS – O R D ER I N FO RMATI O N Designation DIN/ISO direction Version ID no. Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK ¹ … The cover caps for the door rails and the pivot hinge lower part are ground by 14 mm for installation on rebated doors. 41 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) 23 SU ITA B LE FOR M O D E LS D B, E K , F K 23 47 … 79 28 36 42 R1 … Cover cap, right Cover caps for pivot hinge models DB, EK, FK COVE R CAP S FOR P I VOT H I N G ES – O R D E R I N FO RMATI O N Designation DIN/ISO direction Version ID no. Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK ¹ left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 … The cover caps for the door rails and the pivot hinge lower part are ground by 14 mm for installation on rebated doors. Door rails for double-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rails for double-action doors M OD E LS CM , C A N D S 60 A 33,2 10 19 232,2 A-A Door rail model CM 30 30 60 60 55 24 30 20 19 10 6,5 Ø 12 22,5 Door rail model C 90° Door rail model C 125 … 30 25 Ø 30 Door rail model S Door rail model S A 43 44 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) D OO R R A ILS FOR D O U B LE-ACT I O N D O O R S – O R DER I N FO R MATI O N Designation Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system ¹ flat cone galvanised 001067 Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone galvanised 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors flat cone phosphated 007434 … The profile system and profile combination used must be specified with the order. Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors M OD E LS B A N D C, S U I TA B LE FO R D O O R R AI LS C, CM, S 10 23 25 … 5 23 175 75 30 - 50 85 25 135 Adjustable pivot hinge model B Adjustable pivot hinge model B 14 10 23 20 … 5 23 175 36 - 58 25 94 140 Adjustable pivot hinge model C Adjustable pivot hinge model C ADJU STA B LE P I VOT H I N G E , C OV E R PA N EL AN D FR O N T PAN EL FO R DO UBLE-ACTI O N DO ORS – O R D E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Pivot pin Version ID no. Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006371 pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000108 pivot pin 65 mm galvanised 000903 pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006666 pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000905 pivot pin 65 mm galvanised 000904 Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails 45 46 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PR OD U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 163692 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set comprising: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159656 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-5 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159657 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL² 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL² 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 47 48 49 SW ING D O ORS Glass clamping fittings Glass doors are popular – they provide perspective and have a timeless design. Glass clamping fittings should also fit in harmoniously. GEZE Glass Fittings will win you over with their conservative appearance and diversity. Depending on your interior, you can choose between surfaces made from satined and polished stainless steel. And to ensure that transparency is not at the expense of safety, we have lockable glass clamping fittings to meet your special needs – locks with strike boxes. 50 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | GEZE Glass Fittings GEZE Glass Fittings GEZE Glass Fittings ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N For indoor and outdoor systems For single-action and double-action doors For static all-glass systems For toughened safety glass For glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm Door leaf weights of up to 100 kg Suitable for single and double leaf swing doors PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  Elegant cover caps made of polished or brushed stainless steel  Problem-free adjustment for glass thicknesses of 10 – 12 mm GEZE Glass Fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA G LASS F I TT I N G S GEZE Glass Fittings PRODUCT FEATURES Design depth irrespective of thickness of glass 32 mm Variable pivot point with double-action doors 53 and 63 mm Tightening torques of the clamping screws … Nm Burglar-resistant installation of the door fitting / insert ● Shims for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm delivered by GEZE Door leaf height max. 2800 mm Door leaf width max. 1000 mm Door leaf weight max. 100 kg Floor springs that can be used with flat conical spindle– TS TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV Locks prepared for profile cylinders EURO-PZ 30/30 ● = yes STA N DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of installation without fanlight PT24 PT24 PT24 PT24 PT20 PT20 PT20 PT20 US50 PT20 GK50 PL50 PT10 PT24 US50 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PL55 PL50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PT10 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PT10 US50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV Example of installation with fanlight PT84 PT30 PT63 US50 PT10 PL50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PL50 PL50 US50 GK50 PT40 PT40 GK50 PT20 PT20 US50 PT10 PT10 US50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV GK20 PT40 PT20 PT20 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV GK50 PL55 PL50 51 52 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Corner fittings and pivot bearings Corner fittings and pivot bearings PT 10 - LOW E R S W I N G LE A F C O R N E R F I TT I N G PT 20 - U PP E R S W I N G LE A F C O R N E R F I TT I N G PT 24 - U PP E R P I VOT W I T H P I VOT B E A R I N G BO LT Corner fittings and pivot bearings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PT 21 – U PP E R P I VOT B E A R I N G W I T H S CR EW- O UT PI VOT BEAR I N G BO LT 175 … 23 14 25 122 53 25 R8 … ø2 (2 / 12) 146 … 3 30 20 45 175 ø15 … (53) 63 D L-F L – FLOOR - M O U N T E D P I VOT B E A R I N G … 13 … 53/63 44 19 ø31 27,5 … 36 100 32 D L-R D – FLOO R - M O U N T E D P I VOT B E A RI N G 80 … 4 53/63 60 53 54 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Corner fittings and pivot bearings ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE Glass Fitting PT 10 Bottom side-hung leaf corner fitting with mount for flat conical spindle with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169752 polished stainless steel 180438 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 20 Top side-hung leaf corner fitting with mount for pivot bearing bolts (15 mm dia.) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169763 polished stainless steel 180439 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 24 Upper pivot bearing with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) and screw platewith installation materials matt stainless steel 169774 polished stainless steel 180489 PT 21 Top pivot bearing with screw-out pivot bearing bolts galvanised 010739 DL-FL Floor-mounted pivot bearing with flat tapered bolts (FL) stainless steel 135393 DL-RD Floor-mounted pivot bearing with round bolts (RD) stainless steel 135555 stainless steel 146396 ACCESSORIES DL-FL cover plate Cover plate for concealed installation of the DL-FL with … mm floor level clearance of the side-hung leaf Fanlight and connecting fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Fanlight and connecting fittings PT … 0 - FA N L I G H T F I TT I N G W I T H P I VOT BEAR I N G BO LT PT … 0 - A N GLE D FA N L I G H T F I TT I N G W ITH PI VOT BEARI N G BO LT PT … 4 - C ON N ECT I N G F I TT I N G S FO R G LASS- WALL AN D G LASS- CEI LI N G (DO UBLE) 55 56 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Fanlight and connecting fittings PT 90 - C ON N ECT I N G F I TT I N G S FO R G LASS- WALL AN D G LASS- CEI LI N G (SI N G LE) PT 63 - B R AC K E T A N D C O R N E R C O N N ECT I N G FI TTI N G W I TH DO O R STO P PT 24 - U PP E R P I VOT W I T H P I VOT B E A R I N G BO LT Fanlight and connecting fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings OR D E R IN FORMAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE Glass Fitting PT 30 Fanlight fitting with pivot bearing bolts (15 mm dia.) and wall attachment accessories with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169764 polished stainless steel 180440 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 40 Angle fanlight fitting with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169765 polished stainless steel 180441 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 84 Connecting fittings for glass-wall/glass-ceiling (double) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169766 polished stainless steel 180482 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 90 Connecting fitting for glass-wall/glass-ceiling (single) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169767 polished stainless steel 180483 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 63 Bracket/corner connecting fitting with door stop with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169768 polished stainless steel 180484 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 24 Upper pivot bearing with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) and screw plate with installation materials matt stainless steel 169774 polished stainless steel 180489 IS-BS Door stop insert for PT 30 / 40 black 135105 IS-BLK Blind insert for PT 30 / 40 matt stainless steel 135349 polished stainless steel 135106 ACCESSORIES 57 58 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Locks and strike boxes Locks and strike boxes PL 55 - FITTIN G FO R MA N UAL LO C K I N G D E VI CE , W I TH R O UN D BO LTS U S 50 R D - LOC K I N G F I TT I N G C E N T R E LO CK W I TH R O UN D BO LT U S 50 - LOC K IN G F I TT I N G C E N T R E LO C K W I TH SQUARE BO LT Locks and strike boxes | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PL … 0 R D - LO C K I N G F I TT I N G C O R N E R LO CK W I TH RO UN D BO LT PL … 0 - LOC K I N G F I TT I N G C O R N E R LO CK W I TH SQUARE BO LT GK … 0 - ST R IK E B OX FO R LO C K I N G F I TTI N G CEN TR E LO CK 46,5 59 60 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Locks and strike boxes GK 20 - FA N L IGH T ST R I K E B OX ( D O U B LE ) FO R TWO CO RN ER LO CK FI TTI N G S 46,5 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 55 Fitting for manual locking device, with round bolts with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169769 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting US 50 RD Lock fitting central lock with round bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169770 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting US 50 Lock fitting centre lock with flat bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169776 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 50 RD Lock fitting corner lock with round bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169775 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 50 Lock fitting centre lock with flat bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169777 180485 180486 180491 180490 180492 GEZE Glass Fitting GK 50 Strike boxes for locking fitting central lock with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169772 polished stainless steel 180488 GEZE Glass Fitting GK 20 Fanlight strike box (double) for two corner lock fittings with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169771 polished stainless steel 180487 GEZE Glass Fitting Round bolt strike Locking recess for lock fittings with round bolts with installation materials matt stainless steel 169778 polished stainless steel 180493 GEZE Glass Fitting Square bolt strike Strike plate for locking fittings with flat bolt with installation materials matt stainless steel 169779 polished stainless steel 180494 ACCESSORIES Locks and strike boxes | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) 61 62 63 SW ING D O ORD Modular fixed panel profile systems The clip-on aluminium cover profile can easily be replaced without changes to the basic system. This is made possible by the clamping plates that can be freely positioned in the profile and which adjust to all glass thicknesses. Construction components outside of the system such as glazing blocks to calibrate the glass panes art required because the relevant calibration units are integrated within the clamping system. This simplifies installation, reduces stocks and increases safety. The clamping screws on the clamping plate are screwed into the freely positionable threaded nuts which secures them against unauthorised removal. 64 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Modular fixed panel profile systems | Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Modular fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N For glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm For secured outer areas For toughened safety glass (ESG) For horizontal and vertical glass edging For use in combination with Glass Fittings and Pendulo double-action doors Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 | Modular fixed panel profile systems |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R M O D U LAR F I X E D PAN EL PRO FI LE SYSTEMS Product features Profile design 40 Overall depth 30 mm Profile height 40 mm Usable glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm Installation heights (max.) 4,000 mm Glass pane weight (max.) 150 kg Glass pane width (max.) 2,500 mm Available surfaces Silver-coloured and stainless steel optic anodised Material Aluminium Length (max.) 6,000 mm Burglar-resistant installation of the fitting yes Cover caps Aluminium/Stainless steel Position of the clamping unit in the basic profile variable * without front end caps also for 12 mm PROD U CT S CALE D R AW I N G MO DU LA R FI X E D PANEL PROF ILE WITH CL IP- O N C OVE R P RO FILE DESIG N … 0 SYST E M C OMP O N E N TS Basic profile Basic profile 65 66 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Modular fixed panel profile systems | Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Clamping units Clamping units Clamping shim for … mm glass thickness Clamping insert for … mm glass thickness Safety set for fanlights and free-hanging glass panes Safety set for fanlights and free-hanging glass Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 | Modular fixed panel profile systems |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Clip-on cover profile design 40 Clip-on cover profile design 40 B End cover caps for profile design 40 Front side cover cap profile design 40, glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm B = Width (30 mm for glass thicknesses … and 10 mm, 32 mm for glass thickness 12 mm) OR D E R IN FORMAT I O N Designation surface Version ID no. Clamping system units Set 20 Basic set for basic profiles, consisting of 20 clamping jaws 8-12 mm, 20 fixing screws, 20 threaded nuts, 20 adjusting wedges, 20 clamping inserts and 20 sealing insert sections 156692 Clamping system unit Set 01 for basic profile each consisting of one clamping jaw 8-12 mm, fixing screw, screw-in nut, adjustment wedge and clamping insert 151810 Clamping shims (fixed panel) Set 40 for … mm glass thickness, adequate for 20 clamping units (Set = 40 pc.) 156758 Clip-on cover profile design 40– aluminium anodised anodised stainless steel optic 151137 Front side cover cap for profile design 40 for glass thicknesses … and 10 mm (set = … pc.) anodised EV1 brushed Matt stainless steel 156701 Front side cover cap for profile design 40 for glass thickness 12 mm (set = … pc.) Set safety variant for fanlights and free-hanging glass panes consisting of … pieces glass protection sleeves and … safety screws EV1 155742 156700 anodised EV1 brushed Matt stainless steel 156717 156716 156760 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_04 ID no. 091607 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 5 MB)
Accessories for door closers
Product brochure

Accessories for door closers

SWING DOOR Accessories for door closers Table of contents | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS Table of contents FLOOR S P R IN G AC CESSO R I ES Floor-mounted pivot bearings and cover plates 06 Door rails and pivot hinges for single-action doors 07 Cover caps for door rails 11 Door rails and pivot hinges for double-action doors 12 AC C ES S OR IES FO R OV E R H E A D D O O R C LO SERS T-Stop guide rail TS 3000/TS 5000 18 T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing 20 Boxer pivot bearing 22 CB flex carry bar 24 Retrofit kit ECline ISM / ISM BG 26 Mechanical hold-open units 28 Flexible opening restrictors 30 Cover caps 32 GE N E R AL AC CESSO R I ES FO R D O O R CLO SER S Wireless KIT FA GC 170 36 GC 152 / GC 153 ceiling-mounted detectors 41 RSZ … smoke switch control unit 43 Manual trigger switch 45 Hold-open magnets 47 Magnetic counter plates for hold-open magnets 50 … 4 Installation situation (photo: Siegelwerk GmbH) … SW ING D O OR Floor spring accessories GEZE floor springs focus on convenience, safety and design. We offer the right solution to suit any needs that go above and beyond standard equipment. Be it a floor-mounted pivot bearing, door rails, or a pivot hinge – you are bound to find just what you’re looking for in our extensive range of accessories for GEZE floor springs. ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Floor spring accessories | Floor-mounted pivot bearings and cover plates Floor-mounted pivot bearings and cover plates PIVOT B E AR IN G W I T H F L AT C O N I CA L S P I N DLE , M AX . DO O R W EI G HT 25 … KG , … 5 X … 0 M M W I TH … REIN FOR C E ME N T P L AT E 70 25 45 34,5 19,5 25 75 72 … 80 Pivot bearing with flat conical spindle ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. TS 137 b floor-mounted pivot bearing … mm with flat conical spindle, max. door weight 250 kg, 75x70 mm with reinforcement plate … mm silver-coloured 009788 TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearing with square spindle, door weight max. 250 kg, 75 x 70 mm with thrust bearing … mm silver-coloured 010556 … mm silver-coloured 010564 silver-coloured 009790 GEZE floor-mounted pivot bearing cover plate for type TS 137 b and TS 32 b stainless steel 012846 Floor-mounted pivot bearing compact C35 (black) 189089 Door rails and pivot hinges for single-action doors | Floor spring accessories | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS Door rails and pivot hinges for single-action doors 10 19 MOD E L D B, FO R R E BAT E D & F LU S H - M OUN TED M ETAL AN D TI M BER DO O R S 217 45 48 48 48 24 48 52 33 … Door rail model DB S 19,5 a 167 46 46 … 46 b 20 45 53 S 33 S c Pivot hinge model DB PIVOT P IN Installation dimensions Combination a b c Dimension= S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 28 15 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 32 19 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 36 23 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. … GEZE ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR FOR DOOR CLOSERS CLOSERS | Floor |spring Flooraccessories spring accessories | Door rails | Door andrails pivot and hinges pivotfor hinges single-action for single-action doors doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors … Flat cone Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors … Version ID no. galvanised 044579 Square galvanised 037581 Combination galvanised 044676 Combination b DIN left galvanised 044697 Combination b DIN right galvanised 044680 Combination c galvanised 044787 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm 10 M ODE L E K , FOR W E LD I N G TO ST E E L D O O RS 19 33 35 36 … S a … Door rail model EK 33 38,5 b S 36 c S … Pivot hinge model EK PIVOT PIN Installation dimensions Combination a b c Dimension= S S S Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 31 17 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin.. Door rails and pivot hinges for single-action doors | Floor spring accessories | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS OR D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … Flat cone Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … Version ID no. phosphated 008269 Square phosphated 006696 Combination b DIN left phosphated 006719 Combination b DIN left phosphated 000889 Combination b DIN left phosphated 000890 Combination b DIN left phosphated 000891 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm 10 19 MOD E L FK , FO R W E LD I N G TO ST E E L D OO R S 35 78 33 S 19,5 a … Door rail model FK … 40 S 78 b 33 S c Pivot hinge model FK PIVOT P IN Installation dimensions Combination a b c Dimension= S S S Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 32 19 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. … 10 GEZE ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR FOR DOOR CLOSERS CLOSERS || Floor Floorspring |spring Flooraccessories accessories spring accessories | Door | Door rails rails | Door and and pivot rails pivot and hinges hinges pivot forfor hinges single-action single-action for single-action doors doors doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding to steel doors1 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model FK, for welding to steel doors … 1 standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Flat cone Version ID no. phosphated 008270 Square phosphated 006699 Combination phosphated 006724 Combination b DIN left phosphated 000895 Combination b DIN right phosphated 000896 Combination c phosphated 000897 Cover caps for door rails | Floor spring accessories | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS Cover caps for door rails 23 47 … 25 23 SU ITAB LE FOR M O D E LS D B, E K , F K A N D FO R M O DELS DB, EK , FK 76 79 32 36 36 28 R1 R … 25 Cover cap, right Cover caps for door rail models DM, DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinge models DB, EK, FK OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation DIN/ISO direction Version ID no. Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left EV1 006794 right EV1 006798 Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK … left EV1 045196 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK … left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 … The cover caps for the door rails and the pivot hinge lower part are ground by 14 mm for installation on rebated doors. 11 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Floor spring accessories | Door rails for double-action doors Door rails for double-action doors MODE LS C M, C A N D S 60 A 33,2 10 19 232,2 A-A Door rail model CM 30 30 60 60 55 24 30 20 19 10 6,5 Ø 12 22,5 90° Door rail model C 125 30 25 … 12 Ø 30 Door rail model S A Door rails for double-action doors | Floor spring accessories | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system … Flat cone galvanised 001067 Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors Flat cone galvanised 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors Flat cone phosphated 007434 … The profile system and profile combination used must be specified with the order. 13 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Floor spring accessories | Pivot hinges for double-action doors Pivot hinges for double-action doors MODE LS B AN D C, S U I TA B LE FO R D O O R R A I LS C, CM , S 10 23 25 … 5 23 175 75 30 - 50 85 25 135 Adjustable pivot hinge model B 175 14 10 23 20 … 5 23 14 36 - 58 25 94 140 Adjustable pivot hinge model C ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Pivot pin Version ID no. Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006371 Pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000108 Pivot pin 65 mm galvanised 000903 Pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006666 Pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000905 Pivot pin 65 mm Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails galvanised 000904 Cover plate for pivot hinge upper part Models B and C LM matt 006375 Front plate for pivot hinge lower part Model B LM matt LM anodised EV1 006376 006667 LM anodised EV1 006669 Shopping mall in BahnhofCity at Viennese Westbahnhof train station , Vienna, Austria (photo: Sigrid Rauchdobler / GEZE GmbH ) 16 17 SW ING D O OR Accessories for overhead door closers For our overhead door closers – with link arm or guide rail – we offer a variety of matching accessories for you to choose from. Our GEZE T-Stop guide rail, for example, offers door installation without an intrusive door stop. Or use the GEZE CB flex carry bar – for the secure closure of double leaf fire protection doors. 18 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | T-Stop guide railTS 3000/TS 5000 T-Stop guide rail TS 3000/TS 5000 With opening restrictor and lever ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single leaf doors Installation on hinge side Right and left single-action doors For opening restriction without door stopper PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Easy to replace with the standard guide rail Saves time as no floor mounted door stopper needs to be installed With screwed sliding block T-Stop guide railTS 3000/TS 5000 | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS When do you have to use a door stopper? … 160 … = door weight kg … = opening speed (m/s) … = wind speed (km/h) … = wind force (Bft) A = installation without door stopper B = installation with door stopper 140 120 B 100 80 TS 60 TS 500 0E TS 500 N2 0E 500 N4 0E N6 A 40 20 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 4,2 … 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 … 4 4,5 … 5,5 … 6,5 … 7,5 … Door size (W x H): 1000 x 2200 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 simulated stainless steel … 102364 according to RAL … 102365 silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 simulated stainless steel … 102367 according to RAL2 102368 Mounting plate guide rail opposite hinge side for standard/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 according to RAL … 124684 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 according to RAL … 104515 silver-coloured 115006 according to RAL … 115007 T-Stop guide rail opposite hinge side TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side INSTALLATION MATERIAL Lintel casing bracket guide rail opposite hinge side for ECline and T-Stop guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list 19 20 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | T-Stop guide railwith pivot bearing T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing For opening restriction or holding open of doors without door closer ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single-action doors Opening restrictor for single-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a GEZE TS 5000 on double leaf door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Holding doors open without a door closer, not self-closing Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Opening angle of door is limited and a door stopper is usually made redundant Door area is more attractive without door stopper, no tripping hazards or dirty corners Crushing between door leaf and floor-mounted door stopper is avoided T-Stop guide railwith pivot bearing | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS When do you have to use a door stopper? … 160 … = door weight kg … = opening speed (m/s) … = wind speed (km/h) … = wind force (Bft) A = installation without door stopper B = installation with door stopper 140 120 B 100 80 TS 60 TS 500 0E TS 500 N2 0E 500 N4 0E N6 A 40 20 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 4,2 … 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 … 4 4,5 … 5,5 … 6,5 … 7,5 … Door size (W x H): 1000 x 2200 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. T-Stop guide rail opposite hinge side TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 simulated stainless steel … 102367 according to RAL … 102368 silver-coloured 112688 white RAL 9016 112689 according to RAL … 112690 Mounting plate guide rail opposite hinge side for standard/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 according to RAL … 124684 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 according to RAL … 104515 silver-coloured 115006 according to RAL … 115007 Pivot bearing for T-Stop guide rails surface mounted INSTALLATION MATERIAL Lintel casing bracket guide rail opposite hinge side for ECline and T-Stop guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list 21 22 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | Boxer pivot bearing Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open of doors without door closer ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single-action and double-action doors Opening restriction for single- or double-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a GEZE Boxer on double leaf door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Holds doors without door closer open, not self-closing The door opening angle is limited and a door stopper is usually no longer required Door area is more attractive without door stopper, no tripping hazards or dirty corners Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Crushing between door leaf and floor mounted door stopper is avoided PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G Boxer pivot bearing | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS IN STA LLATION I N FO R M AT I O N Pivot bearing with short cover plate Pivot bearing with long cover plate OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open of doors without door closer, for use with all Boxer guide rails 0, 2, 4, 6, … mm Version ID no. 156278 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever, overall height 12 mm silver-coloured 129213 according to RAL 135732 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever for double-action doors, overall height 12 mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 129344 according to RAL 135733 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever, overall height … mm silver-coloured 112161 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm silver-coloured 095141 according to RAL 135689 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever for double-action doors and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 104246 according to RAL 135731 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail opposite hinge side, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open unit for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail Retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 23 24 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | CB flex CB flex carry bar Carry bar for safe closing of double leaf fire protection doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For double leaf doors with closing sequence control to ensure the correct door closing sequence For double leaf doors with panic function on both door leaves Leaf width of up to 1400 mm PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES GEZE 'Curved design' suitable for door closers and guide rails for an uniform appearance Fixing, adjustment and hinged mechanism are not visible after installation Continuous length adjustment makes adapting to different door situations easier Projection adjustable between 70 and 210 mm Adjustment also possible after installation Installation possible on doors with overhead joints and cleats up to 15 mm High corrosion resistance thanks to anodised aluminium Can be used for various applications; offers storage benefits Adjustment also possible after installation CB flex | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G max. 15 … 26 315 (18) 18 18 14 max. 210 FU N CTION … = double leaf door opens via the passive leaf | … = active leaf is held in the waiting position | … = passive leaf closes | … = the active leaf is released as soon as the passive leaf is closed OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. CB flex for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf projection, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 according to RAL … 153728 Ramp up wedge CB flex optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 according to RAL … 199951 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list 25 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | Retrofit kit ECline ISM / ISM BG Retrofit kit ECline ISM / ISM BG Energy accumulator for use on the active leaf in double leaf ISM and ISM BG guide rails ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For integration into ISM guide rails or ISM BG guide rails Great reduction of the opening torque over the opening process For single-action doors, leaf width of up to 1250 mm For right and left hand doors For fire protection doors (door closer with mounting plate) PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 25 26 271 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG Energy accumulator for use on the active leaf in 2-leaf ISM and ISM BG guide rails, opening assistance for greater operating convenience black 154767 27 Olga Hospital / Women's Health Clinic, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | Mechanical hold-open units Mechanical hold-open units FOR I S M GU ID E R A I L , STA N DA R D/ T- STO P/BOX ER 20 .7 M M G UI DE RAI L , BOX ER 12 M M G UI DE … RAIL A N D EC LIN E G U I D E R A I L … Mechanical hold-open unit ISM … 8,7 Mechanical hold-open unit 16 28 72,2 Mechanical hold-open unit Boxer 12 mm Mechanical hold-open units | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS 25 88,5 … Mechanical hold-open unit ECline … Mechanical hold-open unit ECline ISM AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Hold-open of non fire protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Mechanical hold-open unit for ISM-guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden¹ 118437 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Mechanical hold-open unit for ECline guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 148820 Mechanical hold-open unit for ISM guide rails/ISM BG guide rails with retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG on the active leaf 154766 … Only for standard ISM guide rails 29 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | Flexible opening restrictors Flexible opening restrictors FOR R IV E TE D GU I D E R A I L , STA N DA R D G U IDE RAI L O PPO SI TE HI N G E SI DE , BOX ER 20 .7 M M … GUIDE R AIL , B OX E R 12 M M G U I D E R A I L A N D E/R/I SM G UI DE RAI L 141 Flexible opening restrictor … Flexible opening restrictor 16 62 Flexible opening restrictor Boxer 12 mm guide rail 25,2 Flexible opening restrictor Boxer 25,2 30 85 Flexible opening restrictor GEZE flexible opening restrictor E/R/ISM guide rail Flexible opening restrictors | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Restriction of opening angle for lightweight doors N o t e : The mechanical back check cannot replace a door stopper in individual cases. OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail opposite hinge side and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E-/R-ISM-variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 31 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories for overhead door closers | Cover caps Cover caps For TS 1500, TS 3000/TS 2000 and TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation A B 73,5 86,5 86,5 56 (92) 56 73,5 69,2 69,2 32 239 A = cover cap TS 3000/TS 2000 | B = cover cap TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000 300 Cover caps | Accessories for overhead door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Cover cap for door closers for TS 1500, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 080147 white RAL 9016 080149 according to RAL 080150 silver-coloured 013487 white RAL 9016 014855 stainless steel 072769 brass 072770 according to RAL 014856 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 according to RAL 000756 Cover cap for door closers for TS 3000/TS 2000, can only be used for door leaf installation Cover cap for door closers for TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation 33 34 Dortmund Business Association, Germany (photo: Annika Feuss / GEZE GmbH) 35 SW ING D O OR General door closer accessories Safety is extremely important for door closer systems. That is why our general accessories offer numerous applications and functions to enhance safety. For example, the GEZE FA GC 170 wireless extension allows you to wirelessly connect all holdopen systems, ceiling-mounted detectors and manual trigger switches to the lintel-mounted detector. Or the GEZE GC 152 ceiling-mounted smoke detector, which is an early warning device for detecting smouldering fires and open fires with smoke development. 36 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General accessories for door closers | Wireless KIT FA GC 170 Wireless KIT FA GC 170 Set comprising GC 171 wireless module and GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detector ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Installation in listed buildings without structural changes (cable routing) Retrofitting or extension of existing systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES No cable connection needed between lintel-mounted detector and ceiling-mounted detector or manual trigger switch Simple coupling of the wireless components Mixed installation (wireless/wired) possible Low servicing costs due to long battery life of eight years Wireless KIT FA GC 170 | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 171 GC 172 Battery life span GC 175 … years Range Dimensions GC 173 10 m (100 m in space) 177 x 30 x 18 mm Frequency range 110 x 110 x 70 mm -5°C to 50°C 24 V Battery IP rating Functional principle 52 x 32 mm … - … MHz Ambient temperature Input voltage 110 x 110 x 70 mm Battery Battery Alarm, if ambient temperature exceeds the alarm temperature or if the ambient temperature increases very quickly Reports the state of an external potential-free contact (NO contact) to the GC 171 wireless module IP20 – Scattered light Adaptation of the alarm threshold COMP ON E N TS GC 171 W IR E LESS M O D U LE The wireless module makes wireless communication possible between the trigger mechanism and the various wireless devices. The GC171 wireless module is connected to the lintel-mounted smoke switch and supplied with energy via said switch. An alarm triggered at a wireless device is indicated immediately at the lintel-mounted smoke switch. Interference is displayed in less than 100 s, ensuring approval compliant and safe closing of the door. 30 17 … GC 171 wireless module 37 38 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General Generalaccessories accessoriesfor fordoor doorclosers closers| Wireless | Wireless KITKIT FAFA GCGC 170 170 GC 172 WIR E LES S S M O K E D E T ECTO R Wireless smoke detector for use in GEZE hold-open systems. The smoke detectors recognise smoke via the scattered light principle. A light transmitter and a light receiver are arranged in the measuring chamber in such a way that usually no light meets the receiver module. If there are suspended particles (e.g. smoke) in the measuring chamber, these scatter part of the light onto the receiver module, which converts this into an electric signal. 15,3 70,3 15,3 Ø 110 GC 172 wireless smoke detector GC 173 WIR E LES S T H E R M A L D E T ECTO R Wireless thermal detector for use in GEZE hold-open systems. Heat detectors measure the ambient temperature and respond if the temperature exceeds a certain maximum value or increases quickly within a certain time. 15,3 70,3 15,3 Ø 110 GC 173 wireless thermal detector GC 175 W I R E LES S I N P UT M O D ULE The wireless input module can be used for wireless connection of a manual trigger switch or for additional release of a hold-open system through signals from another system, such as a fire alarm system. 32 GC 175 wireless input module Ø 52 Wireless KIT FA GC 170 | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS EX AMP LE OF A H O LD - O P E N SYST E M W I TH W I RELESS O R W I R ED CO M PO N EN TS … 2 … 3 … 1 = power supply for hold-open device/trigger mechanism, e.g. R guide rail door closer, e. g. TS 5000 GC 171 wireless module … = GC 172/GC 173 wireless detector … = manual trigger switch with GC 175 wireless input module OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery life time, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery life time, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, can be used for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring 39 40 GC 152 and GC 153 ceiling-mounted detectors | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS GC 152 and GC 153 ceiling-mounted detectors For GEZE hold-open systems GC … 5 … S MOK E D E T ECTO R AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N For flexible use in all GEZE FA GC 150 hold-open systems For the early detection of fires in hold-open systems P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Optical smoke detection Integrated adaption of the alarm threshold for a longer service life Integrated line monitoring Self-resetting Tested in accordance with EN 54-7 41 42 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General Generalaccessories accessoriesfor fordoor doorclosers closers| GC | GC 152 152 and and GCGC 153 153 ceiling-mounted ceiling-mounted detectors detectors GC 153 THE R MA L D E T ECTO R ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For flexible use in all GEZE FA GC 150 hold-open systems In dust-loaded environments (not on escape routes) PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Detection of increase in temperature Integrated line monitoring Self-resetting Tested in accordance with EN 54-5 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL 170523 GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL 170524 alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open mechanisms including terminating resistor for line monitoring Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch range Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices 120503 alpine white/red Replacement glass pane for 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch Wall attachment bracket for GC ceiling-mounted detectors Lintel installation possibility for ceiling-mounted detectors of the GC15x series 120880 010994 white 150264 RSZ … smoke switch control unit | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS RSZ … smoke switch control unit Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Voltage supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaption of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control unit status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible 43 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General Generalaccessories accessoriesfor fordoor doorclosers closers| RSZ | RSZ … smoke … smoke switch switch control control unit unit PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 14 55 30 44 … 3 … 4 … = Thread M5 | … = Opening for additional connections | … = Power supply (230 V) | … = Thread M5 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 simulated stainless steel¹ 184196 according to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 163692 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open system and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless temperature detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE holdopen systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159656 GC 173 thermal detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-5 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159657 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL 170523 GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open mechanisms including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch range Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 Manual trigger switch | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS Manual trigger switch FOR THE MA N UA L R E LE ASE O F E LECT RI CALLY CO N TRO LLED HO LD- O PEN DEVI CES … 2 … 3 … 1 = lintel-mounted detector | … = ceiling-mounted detectors | … = manual trigger switch OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open mechanisms including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/ red 116266 Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/ red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch range 120503 Surface-mounted box, double suitable for the AS 500 switch range 128609 Surface-mounted box, triple suitable for the AS 500 switch range 133206 Replacement glass pane for 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch 010994 45 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General Generalaccessories accessoriesfor fordoor doorclosers closers| Hold-open | Hold-open magnets magnets Hold-open magnets Electric hold-open magnets are used as hold-open devices to keep fire protection doors open. They must be linked to a smoke detection system that deactivates the holding current in the event of fire. As a result, the door is released and closed by the door closer. The device is controlled by the GEZE RSZ … smoke switch control unit, or the smoke switch integrated into the GEZE R guide rails. Regardless of this, the door can be released from holding open using manual trigger switches which also deactivate the holding current. GEZE hold-open magnets are listed in the general construction technique permit for GEZE hold-open systems as holdopen devices, e.g. FA GC 150, under the designation GT 50 R. ( Ø … ) 85 60 2x95 ~ ( Ø … ) 110 2x 85 ~ 40 Ø Ø 75 Ø … (6x) Ø 50 Hold-open magnet, surface mounting 85 10 14 26 … 55 85° … ° … 12 23 M4 (2x) Floor installation base 20 53 … 80 22 57 21 85° 128 74 Ø 75 M4 (8x) 61 10 18 46 Hold-open magnets | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS 85 68 30 85 Ø … 68 50 15 Hold-open magnet, flush mounting 30 Ø 50 Hold-open magnet basic model … 55 93 Hold-open magnet, basic model with clamp … 33 55 65 Ø 50 90° Ø … 47 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General accessories for door closers | Hold-open magnets 70 … 55 65 Ø … Ø 50 55 70 … 4 Ø … 75 90 150 90 75 185 Hold-open magnet wall installation Ø … 65 80 65 80 75 90 300 … Ø … 65 80 Hold-open magnet wall/ceiling/floor 335 mm 90 75 335 Hold-open magnet wall/ceiling/floor 185 mm … 48 Ø … 65 80 Hold-open magnets | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS (Ø … ) 85 60 2x95° 2x 85° Ø 75 Hold-open magnet incl. counter plate Ø 38 Ø … (6x) (Ø … ) 110 Ø 48 International variant – tested in accordance with EN 1155, not approved with GEZE hold-open systems by the building authorities in Germany O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation surface or floor mounted with accessories base 155569 Floor installation base for GEZE hold-open magnet Base for hold-open magnet surface mounting 155574 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Basic model, without mounting plate, screw fixture on the back 115830 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall mounting, with base plate 115829 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall/ceiling installation, stand pipe 185 m, easy to shorten, magnetic head adjustable through 90° 115952 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall/ceiling installation, stand pipe 335 mm, easy to shorten, magnetic head adjustable through 90° 115953 GEZE hold-open magnet, 230 V AC - 400 N retention force, not approved with GEZE hold-open systems by the building authorities in Germany Wall installation surface mounting including magnetic counterplate with joint 155572 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 200 N retention force, not approved with GEZE hold-open systems by the building authorities in Germany Wall installation surface mounting including magnetic counterplate with joint 155570 Hold-open magnet, 48 V DC - 200 N retention force, not approved with GEZE hold-open systems by the building authorities in Germany Wall installation surface mounting including magnetic counterplate with joint 155571 49 ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS | General Generalaccessories accessoriesfor fordoor doorclosers closers| Magnetic | Magnetic counter counter plates plates forfor hold-open hold-open magnets magnets Magnetic counter plates for hold-open magnets STAN DAR D V E R S I O N , V E R SI O N W I T H S P R IN G BUFFER AN D ADJ USTABLE J O I N T Ø 55 … 18 … 55 44 90° Ø … 44 55 Standard magnetic counter plate Standard magnetic counter plate on mounting plate with spring system for flatness with hold-open magnet 44 20 mm … 79 44 … 55 55 90° … 55 Ø Magnetic counter plate with spring buffer … 50 Magnetic counter plate with spring buffer on mounting plate with damping spring for soft-spring-mounted end stop for heavy doors | … = 20 mm spring deflection Magnetic counter plates for hold-open magnets | General accessories for door closers | ACCESSORIES FOR DOOR CLOSERS … 60° 60° 50 55 44 … Ø 55 90° … 44 … 55 Ø … Magnetic counter plate with joint Magnetic counter plate with joint on mounting plate with additional calibration for external angle positions between door and hold-open magnet | … = swivelling range approx. 60° OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Standard version, rubber support 115954 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with spring buffer 115955 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 51 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2023_07 ID no. 091608 EN · Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 4 MB)
Manual ventilation systems
Product brochure

Manual ventilation systems

WINDOWS Manual ventilation systems … GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Contents Contents Overview … M AN UA L FA N LIGH T O P E N E R S O L 90 N … Rectangular windows 10 Special shape: bespoke angular windows 12 Special shape: triangular windows 14 Special shape: round and segmental arch windows 16 Component options 19 O L 95 20 Rectangular windows 22 Special shape: bespoke angular windows 24 Special shape: triangular windows 26 Component options 28 O L 90 N TOP-HU N G O U T WA R D O P E N I N G 29 Rectangular windows 31 Component options 33 IND IVID UAL S OLUT I O N S O L … 0, O L … 5 A N D O L … 0 TO P- HUN G O UTWAR D O PEN I N G Solutions for operating the windows with a hand lever Swivelling hand lever 36 Component options 37 Solutions for operating the windows with a crank rod Fz 90 corner operating gear 38 Fz 91 vertical gear 40 Fz 92 gear 42 Overload protection 44 Fixed crank rod 45 Removable crank rod 47 Component options 49 Solutions for operating the windows in a post-rail façade Mullion-frame transmission 50 Component options 52 Contents | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS … Solution for connecting and operating multiple windows Corner bracket transmission Component options X 53 54 Reveal transmission solutions Flexible link arm 55 Cranked rod 57 Component options 59 Solutions for additional protection Additional locking mechanisms OL 90 N/OL 95 60 OL 90 N coupling 62 Component options 64 Order information for OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening 65 O L 320 71 Rectangular windows … 73 Special shape: bespoke angular windows … 75 Component options 77 IN D IV ID UA L S O LU T I O N S O L 320 Solutions for operating the windows with a crank rod Fz 100 corner operating gear 80 Fz 101 vertical gear 82 Component options 84 Solutions for additional protection Additional locking mechanism OL 320 85 Coupling OL 320 87 Component options 89 Order information for OL 320 90 Gripping and cleaning scissors (FPS) 93 HA R DWAR E SYST E M F 1200 98 Component options 101 Order information for F 1200 102 RE FE R E N C ES 104 … GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Overview OVERV IE W Manual fanlight openers OL 90 N OL 95 OL 90 N top-hung outward opening ● Hardware system OL 320 F 1200 ● ● WINDOW SHAPE Rectangular windows ● ● Bespoke angular window ● ● Triangular window ● ● Semicircular arched window ● Segmental arch window ● ● TYPE OF OPENING Inward opening ● ● Outward opening ● ● ● PROFILE MATERIAL Wood ● ● ● ● PVC ● ● ● ● Aluminium ● ● ● ● ● 170 mm 220 mm 170 mm 320 mm … 180 mm 80 kg 60 kg v 80 kg 250 kg 200 kg Leaf width (min.) (e.g. for rectangular window) 380 mm 440 mm 400 mm 680 mm 750 mm Leaf height (min.) (e.g. for rectangular window) 250 mm 350 mm 370 mm 400 mm 750 mm SYSTEM LIMITS* Opening width (max.) Leaf weight (max.) ● = yes * = The maximum system limits depend on the window shape, panel weight, leaf weight, and the number of scissors. GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 90 N with hand lever in the Killesberg district of Stuttgart, Germany (photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) F 1200, 425 East 58th Street, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) … 6 … W IND OW S Manual fanlight openers With a single motion, manual fanlight openers provide fresh air. So natural ventilation is simple and effective, even when the main window is closed. Fanlight windows make rooms brighter. GEZE flat form scissors open fanlights with large opening widths: window technology that's simple to operate and install. We offer you mechanical fanlight systems for inward opening bottom-hung leaves and outward opening tophung leaves. We also have fanlight openers for bespoke angular, triangular, round and segmental arch windows. … GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N GEZE OL OL 90 90 N N Surface-mounted fanlight opener with an opening width of 170 mm ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation for rooms and staircases Inward opening bottom-hung windows Can be used with special shapes such as bespoke angular, triangular, round and segmental arch windows  Individually adjustable for different areas of application (post/frame transmissions and reveal transmissions etc.) Linking and operation of multiple windows via corner bracket transmission Automation using E 212 electric linear drive Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full opening width of 170 mm for all leaf heights The opening width can be adjusted Little space necessary thanks to flat design of the scissors Integrated leaf locking mechanism in the scissors ensures secure locking Unhinging inhibitor and lockable hand lever provide additional safety Couplings and additional locking mechanisms increase security and air-tightness  Simple scissor unhooking/re-setting via the release button enables windows to be cleaned from the inside and the outside  Completely pre-mounted assembly groups facilitate installation OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS … PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 49 242 94 16 94 SPEC IAL W IN D OW S H A P ES BESPOKE ANGULAR TRIANGULAR SEMICIRCULAR ARCH SEGMENTAL ARCH CR OS S -S ECTI O N S I N P R O F I LE OL 90 N ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW WITH OVERLAP OL 90 N FLUSH-MOUNTED ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW OL 90 N ON WOODEN WINDOWS WITH EURO-GROOVE Y=D+9 D Y=D+9 D Ü OL 90 N ON PVC WINDOW Ü D = Distance from outer edge of leaf to centre of link arm | Y = Upper clearance | Ü = Overlap height Diagrams illustrate the area of application of the leaf bracket variants Y=D+9 D Y=D+9 D Ü 10 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N | Rectangular windows OL 90 N FOR R ECTA N G U L A R W I N D OW S – C O M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTEM … 3 … 1 … 4 … 6 … OL 90 N scissors … Standard leaf bracket with short mounting plate … Standard corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) … Hand lever Rectangular windows | OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 90 N for rectangular windows Opening width (max.) 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 380 mm Leaf height b (min.) 250 mm Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm 11 Dimensions of the scissors Length 242 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)** ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified)* ● Lockable ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes *= In conjunction with the coupling and the concealed locking mechanism on site **= By means of stroke limiter b D IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR W I N DOW a AP P LICATION L I M I TS Number of scissors Leaf width a (min.) Leaf width a (max.) … 380 mm 1200 mm … 1201 mm … 2401 mm2 Leaf height b (min.) Panel weight (max.) 40 kg/m² 250 mm 2400 mm … Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg 3600 mm 30 kg/m² 25 kg/m² … = possible as from leaf width a = 900 mm depending on the distance between the scissors | … = possible as from leaf width a = 1300 mm depending on the distance between the scissors SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Leaf height b (min.) Leaf height b (max.) Setting dimension D (min.) at top * 250 mm 300 mm 16 – 18 mm 301 mm 400 mm 14 – 18 mm 401 mm 500 mm 12 – 18 mm 501 mm 10 – 18 mm *= When using an additional locking mechanism, a D dimension of 16 mm is needed. Space requirement Y at top D(min) +   9 mm 12 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N | Special shape: bespoke angular windows OL 90 N FOR B ES P O K E A N G U L A R W I N D OW S – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYST EM … 4 … 5 … 4 … 6 … OL 90 N scissors … Sliding leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Bendable corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) … Hand lever Special shape: bespoke angular windows | OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 90 N for bespoke angular windows Opening width (max.) 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 270 mm 13 depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm Dimensions of the scissors Length 242 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - Lockable ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R B ES P O K E AN G ULAR W I N DOW BESPOKE ANGULAR WINDOW, BESPOKE ANGULAR WINDOW, SPECIAL CASE , α < 60° P β > 60° b b P a a AP P LICATION L I M I TS Angle of inclination Leaf width a (min.) Leaf height b (min.) α ≤ 30° 420 mm 400 mm α = 30° – 40° 360 mm 550 mm α = 40° – 50° 320 mm 650 mm α = 50° – 60° 270 mm 750 mm 420 mm 600 mm Leaf weight (max.) Panel weight (max.) Leg length P 80 kg 30 kg/m² 420 – 2000 mm 40 kg 25 kg/m² 420 – 1000 mm SPECIAL CASE β = ≥ 60° SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Setting dimension D (min.) at top Additional locking mechanism 10 – 18 mm Hand lever 16 mm Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side Space requirement Y at top – D(min) +   10 mm D(min) +   9 mm 10 mm 14 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N | Special shape: triangular windows OL 90 N FOR TR IA N G U L A R W I N D OW S – C O M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTEM … 2 … 5 … 4 … 1 OL 90 N scissors … Sliding leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Bendable corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) … Hand lever Special shape: triangular windows | OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 90 N for triangular windows Opening width (max.) 170 mm Leaf width a1 (min.) 450 mm 15 depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm Dimensions of the scissors Length 242 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - Lockable ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R A T R I A N GULAR W I N DOW b P a1 AP P LICATION L I M I TS Angle of inclination Leaf width a1 (min.) Leaf height b (min.) Leaf weight (max.) Panel weight (max.) Leg length P α ≤ 30° 700 mm 400 mm 80 kg 30 kg/m² 420 – 2000 mm α = 30° – 40° 650 mm 550 mm α = 40° – 50° 550 mm 650 mm α = 50° – 60° 450 mm 750 mm SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Setting dimension D (min.) at top Additional locking mechanism 10 – 18 mm Hand lever 16 mm Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side Space requirement Y at top – D(min) +   10 mm D(min) +   9 mm 10 mm 16 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N | Special shape: round and segmental arch windows OL 90 N FOR R OUN D A N D SEG M E N TA L A R CH W I N DOW S – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT OPEN E R SYSTE M … 4 … 3 … 6 … 6 … 8 … OL 90 N scissors … Sliding leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Flexible link arm – diverter cable … Safety clamp … Guide … Rod guide … Support … Hand lever Special shape: round and segmental arch windows | OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 17 TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 90 N for semicircular arched windows OL 90 N for segmental arch windows Opening width (max.) 170 mm 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 500 mm 500 mm Leaf height b (min.) 300 mm 250 mm Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg 80 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm 54 mm Length 242 mm 242 mm Depth 49 mm 49 mm Height 16 mm 16 mm Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - - Lockable ● ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● Dimensions of the scissors FUNCTIONS ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R S E M I CI RCULAR ARCHED W I N DOW LIMIT STOP OL 90 N SEMICIRCULAR ARCHED WINDOW WITH … PAIR OF SCISSORS WITH … PAIRS OF SCISSORS D LIMIT STOP OL 90 N SEMICIRCULAR ARCHED WINDOW Y b b b2 b2 Y X D b1 D b1 X IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R S EG M E N TAL AR CH W I N DOW LIMIT STOP OL 90 N SEGMENTAL ARCH WINDOW ARCHED WINDOW WITH … PAIR OF SCISSORS ARCHED WINDOW WITH … PAIRS OF SCISSORS Y D LIMIT STOP OL 90 N SEGMENTAL ARCH WINDOW b2 b2 Y b1 X <150° b D b1 <150° b D X a a 18 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N | Special shape: round and segmental arch windows APPL ICATION LIM I TS Angle ß Leaf width a Number of scissors (min.) Leaf width a (max.) Leaf height b (min.) … 500 mm 1300 mm 300 mm … 1301 mm 2400 mm 650 mm Leaf weight (max.) Panel weight (max.) Semicircular arch > 150° Segmental arch < 150° 80 kg … 500 mm 1300 mm 250 mm … 1301 mm 2400 mm 500 mm 40 kg/m² SET T IN G D IME N S I O N S A N D S PAC E N E E D ED Angle ß Leaf height b (min.) Leaf height b (max.) Setting dimension D (min.) at top Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side Semicircular arch > 150° 250 mm 300 mm 16 mm 300 mm 400 mm 12 – 16 mm 401 mm 400 mm 10 – 16 mm 300 mm 400 mm 12 mm 401 mm 2400 mm 10 – 12 mm Segmental arch < 150° * = depending on type of use x – 12 mm 19-28 mm* 10 – 14 mm* OL 90 N | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options OL … 0 S C IS S O R S Scissors with standard leaf bracket (030373, 030377, 074509, 030376) Scissors with sliding leaf bracket (030596, 030600, 074511, 030499) Scissors without leaf bracket (071203, 071207, 099477, 071206) Scissors with standard leaf bracket and unhinging inhibitor (030498, 030502, 030501) Lockable scissors with standard leaf bracket (029183, 029187, 029186) LE AF B R AC K E T Standard leaf bracket (074424, 074428, 080228, 074427) Sliding leaf bracket (084398, 084401, 084402, 084403) Standard leaf bracket for Euro-groove wooden windows (030886, 030890, 099475, 030889) Sliding leaf bracket for Euro-groove wooden windows (071198, 071202, 099476, 071201) COR N E R TR A N SM I S SI O N + H A N D LE V E R Hand lever with standard corner transmission (030611, 030615, 077945, 030614) Hand lever with bendable corner transmission (076911, 076915, 080227, 076916) TR A N S MIS S IO N C O M P O N E N TS Standard corner transmission (070546) Bendable corner transmission (071354) Flexible link arm (022718, 008481, 022720, 008483, 022721, 008485, 072130, 072131) HAN D LE V E R Standard hand lever (026882, 026887, 079113, 026886) Lockable hand lever (083841, 083844, 085230) Swivelling hand lever = standard hand lever + swivelling hand lever accessories (030391, 030395, 030394) CON N ECTION CO M P O N E N TS Rod (016555, 016591, 016592) COV E R AC C ES SO R I ES Cover profile (030401, 030405, 074537, 030404, 030396, 030400, 074539, 030399) Corner bracket cover (071503, 071507, 071506) Corner guide flexible link arm (030764, 030763) FIX IN G AC C ESSO R I ES Rod guide (010878) Rod coupling (043546) Connector plate for hand lever and gear (073758) Accessories for flexible link arm (030862, 030861) 19 20 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 95 OL 95 Surface-mounted fanlight opener with an opening width of 220 mm ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation for rooms and staircases Inward opening bottom-hung windows Special shapes possible, such as bespoke angular and triangular windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full opening width of 220 mm for all leaf heights The opening width can be adjusted Little space necessary thanks to flat design of the scissors Integrated leaf locking mechanism in the scissors ensures secure locking Unhinging inhibitor and lockable hand lever provide additional safety The additional locking mechanism increases safety and air-tightness Scissor unhooking by pressing the release button facilitates window cleaning from the inside and outside Completely pre-mounted assembly groups facilitate installation OL 95 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 49 305 94 63 16 94 SP EC IAL W IN D OW SH A P ES BESPOKE ANGULAR TRIANGULAR CR OS S -S ECTI O N S I N P R O F I LE OL 95 ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW WITH OVERLAP OL 95 FLUSH-MOUNTED ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW OL 95 ON WOODEN WINDOW WITH EURO-GROOVE Y=D+9 D Y=D+9 D Ü OL 95 ON PVC WINDOW Ü D = Distance from outer edge of leaf to centre of link arm | Y = Upper clearance | Ü = Overlap height Diagrams illustrate the area of application of the leaf bracket variants Y=D+9 D Y=D+9 D Ü 21 22 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 95 | Rectangular windows OL 95 FOR R ECTA N G U L A R W I N D OW S – C O M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTEM … 3 … 1 … 4 … 6 … OL 95 scissors … Standard leaf bracket with short mounting plate … Standard corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) … Hand lever Rectangular windows | OL 95 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 95 for rectangular windows Opening width (max.) 220 mm Leaf width a (min.) 440 mm Leaf height b (min.) 350 mm Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm 23 Dimensions of the scissors Length 305 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - Lockable - Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter b D IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR W I N DOW a AP P LICATION L I M I TS Number of scissors Leaf width a (max.) Leaf weight (max.) 1200 mm … 2 … Panel weight (max.) 20 kg/m2 60 kg 1100 mm 25 kg/m2 1000 mm 30 kg/m2 2400 mm 20 kg/m2 2200 mm 60 kg 25 kg/m2 2000 mm 30 kg/m2 3000 mm 20 kg/m2 2700 mm 60 kg 2200 mm 25 kg/m2 30 kg/m2 SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Leaf height b (min.) Leaf height b (max.) Setting dimension D (min.) at top 350 mm 400 mm 18 mm 401 mm 450 mm 16 -18 mm 451 mm 600 mm 14 -18 mm 601 mm > 601 mm 12 – 18 mm Space requirement Y at top D(min) +   9 mm 24 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 95 | Special shape: bespoke angular windows OL 95 FOR B ES P O K E A N G U L A R W I N D OW S – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTEM … 4 … 5 … 4 … 6 … OL 90 N / OL 95 scissors … OL 95 scissors … Sliding leaf bracket2withSliding mounting leafplate bracket with long mounting plate … Bendable corner transmission … Bendable corner transmission … Rod (can be covered … by cover Rod (can profile be covered of various bycolours) cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide … Hand lever … Rod guide (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) … Hand lever Special shape: bespoke angular windows | OL 95 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 95 for bespoke angular windows Opening width (max.) 220 mm Leaf width a (min.) 400 mm 25 depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf height b (min.) 500 mm depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm Dimensions of the scissors Length 305 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - Lockable - Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R B ES P O K E AN G ULAR W I N DOW BESPOKE ANGULAR WINDOW, α < 50° b P a AP P LICATION L I M I TS Angle of inclination Leaf width a (min.) Leaf height b (min.) α ≤ 30° 500 mm 500 mm α = 30° – 40° 450 mm 660 mm α = 40° – 50° 400 mm 780 mm Leaf width a (max.) Panel weight (max.) 1200 mm 20 kg/m2 1100 mm 25 kg/m2 1000 mm 30 kg/m2 Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Setting dimension D (min.) top Additional locking mechanism 12 – 18 mm Hand lever 16 mm Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side Space requirement Y at top – D(min) +   9 mm D(min) +   9 mm 10 mm 26 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 95 | Special shape: triangular windows OL 95 FOR TR IA N G U L A R W I N D OW S – C O M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTEM … 2 … 4 … 4 … 1 OL 95 scissors … Sliding leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Bendable corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide … Hand lever (rod guides are needed as from a rod length of 600 mm) Special shape: triangular windows | OL 95 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 95 for triangular windows Opening width (max.) 220 mm Leaf width a1 (min.) 800 mm 27 depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf height b (min.) 500 mm depends on the window's angle of inclination Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm Dimensions of the scissors Length 305 mm Depth 49 mm Height 16 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - Lockable ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes * = by means of a stroke limiter IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R A T R I A N GULAR W I N DOW b P a1 AP P LICATION L I M I TS Angle of inclination Leaf width a1 (min.) Leaf height b (min.) α ≤ 30° 1000 mm 500 mm α = 30° – 40° 900 mm 660 mm α = 40° – 50° 800 mm 780 mm Leaf width a (max.) Panel weight (max.) 1200 mm 20 kg/m2 1100 mm 25 kg/m2 1000 mm 30 kg/m2 Leaf weight (max.) Leg length P 60 kg 475 – 1800 mm Leaf weight (max.) 60 kg SE T TIN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E EDED Setting dimension D (min.) at top Additional locking mechanism 12 – 18 mm Hand lever 16 mm Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side Space requirement Y at top – D(min) +   9 mm D(min) +   9 mm 10 mm 28 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 95 Component options OL 95 S C IS S OR S Scissors with standard leaf bracket (082445, 082448, 082449) Scissors without leaf bracket (084194, 084197, 084199) Scissors with standard leaf bracket and unhinging inhibitor (082638, 082641, 082643) LEAF B R AC K E T Standard leaf bracket (074424, 074428, 080228, 074427) Sliding leaf bracket (084398, 084401, 084402, 084403) Standard leaf bracket for Euro-groove wooden windows (030886, 030890, 099475, 030889) Sliding leaf bracket for Euro-groove wooden windows (071198, 071202, 099476, 071201) CORN E R TR A N S M I S SI O N + H A N D LE V E R Hand lever with standard corner transmission (030611, 030615, 077945, 030614) Hand lever with bendable corner transmission (076911, 076915, 080227, 076916) TRAN S MIS S ION C O M P O N E N TS Standard corner transmission (070546) Bendable corner transmission (071354) HAND LE V E R Standard hand lever (026882, 026887, 079113, 026886) Lockable hand lever (083841, 083844, 085230) Swivelling hand lever = standard hand lever + swivelling hand lever accessories (030391, 030395, 030394) CONN ECTION C OM P O N E N TS Rod (016555, 016591, 016592) COVE R AC C ES S O R I ES Cover profile (030401, 030405, 074537, 030404, 030396, 030400, 074539, 030399) Corner bracket cover (071503, 071507, 071506) FIXIN G AC C ES S O R I ES Rod guide (010878) Rod coupling (043546) Connector plate for hand lever and gear (073758) OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 90 N top-hung outward opening Fanlight opener for outward-opening top-hung leaves with an opening width of 170 mm AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation for rooms and staircases Outward opening top-hung windows with a reveal depth of 0-60 mm Automation using E 212 electric linear drive Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Leaf installation P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full opening width of 170 mm for all leaf heights The opening width can be adjusted Integrated leaf locking mechanism in the scissors ensures secure locking Special locking mechanism increases safety and air-tightness  Simple scissor unhooking/re-setting via the release button enables windows to be cleaned from the inside and the outside Completely pre-mounted assembly groups facilitate installation Leaf bracket suitable for all overlap heights and materials 29 30 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N top-hung outward opening 61 PRODU CT S CALE D R AW I N G 35 168 35 274 CRO S S -S ECTION S I N P R O F I LE OL 90 N TOP-HUNG OUTWARD OPENING ON WOODEN WINDOWS WITH EURO-GROOVE , WINDOWS WITH EURO-GROOVE , REVEAL DEPTH 30-60 MM REVEAL DEPTH 0-30 MM 15 25 15 OL 90 N TOP-HUNG OUTWARD OPENING ON WOODEN 14 e=30-60 e = reveal depth e=0-30 Rectangular windows | OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL … 0 N TOP-H U N G O U T WA R D O P E N I N G FO R R ECTAN G ULAR W I N DOW S – COMP ON E N TS O F T H E FA N L I G H T O P E N ER SYSTEM … 4 … 3 … 6 … OL 90 N top-hung outward opening scissors … Leaf bracket with short mounting plate … Standard corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide … Hand lever … 31 32 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Rectangular windows TECHN ICAL DATA OL 90 N top-hung outward opening OL 90 N top-hung outward opening for rectangular windows for rectangular windows with locking mechanism Opening width (max.) 170 mm 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 400 mm 600 mm Leaf height b (min.) 370 mm 370 mm Leaf weight (max.) 80 kg 80 kg Fitting stroke 54 mm 54 mm 274 mm 274 mm Scissors Length Depth 54 mm 54 mm Height 61 mm 61 mm ● ● FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction)* Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● ● Burglar-resistant locking mechanism (SKG-certified) - ● ● = Yes * = by means of stroke limiter INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G FO R R ECTA N G U L AR W I N DOW D b a APPL ICATION LIM I TS Number of scissors Leaf width a (min.) Leaf width a (max.) … 400 mm 400 mm 1200 mm 800 mm (only in the Leaf height b (min.) Leaf weight (max.) Panel weight (max.) 370 mm 80 kg 30 kg/m² case of PVC) … 1201 mm 801 mm 2400 mm 1600 mm (only in the case of PVC) SET T IN G D IME N S I O N S A N D S PAC E N E E D ED Setting dimension D (min.) at top Additional locking mechanism Hand lever Fz 90 with fixed crank rod Fz 90 with removable crank rod Space requirement X at side Setting dimension D (min.) at side depending on type of operation 28 mm D(min) +   10 mm 12 mm D(min) +   10 mm 12 mm D(min) +   14 mm 12 mm OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options OL … 0 N TOP-H U N G O U T WA R D O P E N I N G SCI SSO R S Scissors with reveal depth 0-30 (118060, 117700, 118081, 117771, 118082, 117772) Scissors with reveal depth 30-60 (118083, 117773, 118084, 117774, 118085, 117775) LOC K IN G MECH A N I SM For reveal depth 30-60 (117776, 117777, 117778) COR N E R TR A N SM I S SI O N + H A N D LE V E R Hand lever with standard corner transmission (030611, 030615, 077945, 030614) Hand lever with bendable corner transmission (076911, 076915, 080227, 076916) TR A N S MIS S IO N C O M P O N E N TS Standard corner transmission (070546) Bendable corner transmission (071354) HAN D LE V E R Standard hand lever (026882, 026887, 079113, 026886) Lockable hand lever (083841, 083844, 085230) Swivelling hand lever = standard hand lever + swivelling hand lever accessories (030391, 030395, 030394) CON N ECTION CO M P O N E N TS Rod (016555, 016591, 016592) COV E R AC C ES SO R I ES Cover profile (030401, 030405, 074537, 030404, 030396, 030400, 074539, 030399) Corner bracket cover (071503, 071507, 071506) FIX IN G AC C ESSO R I ES Rod guide (010878) Rod coupling (043546) Connector plate for hand lever and gear (073758) 33 34 35 W IND OW S Individual solutions O L … 0, O L … 5 A ND O L … 0 TO P- HUN G O UTWARD O PEN I N G No matter where they are installed, our fanlight openers must be versatile – and we've got the right solutions to ensure that they are. We provide operating elements for all areas of application. Different crank rods and gears ensure optimal power transmission and make opening and closing the windows really easy. Post/frame transmissions are the best choice for post-rail façades because here too daily ventilation should be simple and convenient. Do you want your windows to provide increased safety? Then additional locking mechanisms are just what you need to improve air-tightness and safety. 36 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Swivelling hand lever Swivelling hand lever Solutions for operating the windows with a hand lever ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Convenient and flexible operation of windows in cramped situations (recesses) Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Can be combined with an OL 90 N hand lever Swivelling hand lever | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N Component options S O LU T I O N S FO R O P E R AT I N G THE W I N DOW S W I TH A HAN D LEVER HAN D LE V E R Hand lever for OL 90 N / OL 95 (026882, 026887, 079113, 026886) LOC K AB LE HA N D LE V E R Lockable hand lever for OL 90 N / OL 95 (083841, 083844, 085230) AC C ES S OR IES FO R SW I V E LL I N G H A N D LEVER Accessories for swivelling hand lever (030391, 030395, 030394) 37 38 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fz 90 corner operating gear Fz 90 corner operating gear Corner operating gear for operating a window with a crank rod ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For the convenient operation of a rectangular window using a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N and an OL 95 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Can be used with a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used on top-hung outward opening windows in combination with an OL 90 N top-hung outward opening scissor Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Corner transmission with integrated gear Variable adjustment of bottom opening width Full bottom opening width can be limited by using an optional stroke limiter Nine rotations of the crank are needed to fully open the window Additional operational safety provided by overload protection option Fz 90 corner operating gear | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Fz 90 corner operating gear Width 16 mm Stroke 54 mm Rod diameter (clamp connection) … mm Crank rotations for max. opening … IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR W I N DOW 15 122 157 15 112 SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 39 40 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fz 91 vertical gear Fz 91 vertical gear Vertical gear for operating a window with a crank rod ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  For the convenient operation of a rectangular, bespoke angular or triangular window using a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N and an OL 95 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N top-hung outward opening scissor on top-hung outward opening windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Vertical gear can be linked by the rod to the standard corner transmission and the bendable corner transmission Bottom opening width is adjustable Full bottom opening width can be limited by using an optional stroke limiter Just nine rotations of the crank are needed to fully open the window Additional operational safety provided by overload protection option Fz 91 vertical gear | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Fz 91 vertical gear Width 16 mm Stroke 54 mm Rod diameter (clamp connection) … mm Crank rotations for max. opening … min.380 SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N min.380 150 350 min.360 IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR AN D BESPO KE AN G ULAR W I N DOW S 41 42 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fz 92 gear Fz 92 gear Gear for operating a window with a crank rod ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  For the convenient operation of a bespoke angular or triangular window using a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N and an OL 95 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Gear with double universal joint for flexible adjustment to the window's angle of inclination Bottom opening width is adjustable Full bottom opening width can be limited by using an optional stroke limiter Just nine rotations of the crank are needed to fully open the window Additional operational safety provided by overload protection option Fz 92 gear | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Fz 92 gear Width 16 mm Stroke 54 mm Rod diameter (clamp connection) … mm Crank rotations for max. opening … Angle of twist 90° – 160° IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G FO R B ES P O K E AN G ULAR W I N DOW 150 P min 22 20 62 SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 20 22 .480 43 44 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Overload protection Overload protection For protecting the gear in the event of overload or forcible activation ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Can be combined with Fz 90, Fz 91, Fz 92, Fz 100 and Fz 101 gears PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Prevents the gear from being damaged in the event of overload or forcible activation Torque is adjustable – factory pre-set to 7± … Nm Can be installed between the Fz cone and the crank rod Fixed Crank Rod | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 45 Fixed crank rod Solutions for operating the windows with a crank rod AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N For the simple operation of a rectangular, bespoke angular or triangular window For the operation of inward opening bottom-hung windows or outward opening top-hung windows P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Crank rotations make variable ventilation settings possible TEC HNCan ICAL be DATA linked with Fz 90, Fz 91, Fz 92, Fz 100 and Fz 101 gears Fixed crank rod, with angled crank, with crank rod holder DiameterThe crank rod is firmly attached to the gear by means of a dowel pin so 15that mm it can't be removed 46 GEZE MANUA L VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fixed crank rod TECHN ICAL DATA Fixed crank rod Diameter 15 mm INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G Fixed crank rod swivel joint | e = reveal depth Swivel joint for gears and crank rods Removable crank rod | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Removable crank rod Solutions for operating the windows with a crank rod AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N For the simple operation of a rectangular, bespoke angular or triangular window For the operation of inward opening bottom-hung windows or outward opening top-hung windows P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Crank rotations make variable ventilation settings possible TEC HN ICAL DATA Removable crank rod, with angled crank Diameter 15 mm Can be linked with Fz 90, Fz 91, Fz 92, Fz 100 and Fz 101 gears The crank rod can be removed by using the coupling socket, if necessary 47 48 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Removable crank rod TECHN ICAL DATA Removable crank rod Diameter 15 mm INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G Swivel joint removable crank rod Swivel joint for gears and crank rods Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options SO LU T I O N S FO R O P E R AT I N G THE W I N DOW S W I TH A CRAN K R O D COR N E R TR A N S M I S SI O N Fz 90 gear with corner transmission (030809, 030811, 030810, 030812) Fz 91 gear with corner transmission (030817, 030818) Fz 91 gear without corner transmission (030822, 030823) Fz 92 gear (030778) CR AN K R OD S Fixed crank rod (050857, 015864, 015986, 077433, 108476, 108477) Removable crank rod (050856, 015879, 015987, 077434, 108480, 108491) Crank rod for DIY installation (053262, 014706, 015982, 109482, 109485, 109846) AC C ES S OR IES / CO M B I N AT I O N O P T I O N S Standard corner transmission (070546) Bendable corner transmission (071354) Flexible link arm (022718, 008481, 022720, 008483, 022721, 008485, 072130, 072131) Stroke limiter (012335) Overload protection (020226, 020225, 020224) Angled crank (056951, 014795, 056952) Coupling socket (042963) Swivel joint with sole plate (022934, 022933) Telescopic spindle gear (059207) Hook-in crank 30b (059217) FIX IN G AC C ES SO R I ES Rod guide (010878) Rod coupling (043546) Connector plate for hand lever and gear (073758) Accessories for flexible link arm (030862, 030861) Crank rod holder (054560, 014794, 054561) Spring pin (022932) 49 50 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Mullion-frame transmission Mullion-frame transmission Solutions for operating the windows in a post-rail façade, on an rectangular window ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation of windows in post-rail façades Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Automation using E 212 electric linear drive Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full opening width of 170 mm for all leaf heights The opening width can be adjusted Post protrusion bridged by a joint plate Can be installed on the secondary or main closing edge Completely pre-mounted assembly group facilitates installation Mullion-frame transmission | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Mullion-frame transmission Post/rail projection, size 75 T = … – 75 mm Post/rail projection, size 150 T = … – 150 mm IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G Transmission via pull rod T = post/rail projection from window frame SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 51 52 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Mullion-frame transmission Component options S OLU TION S FO R O P E R AT I N G T H E W I N DOW S I N A PO ST- RAI L FAÇADE MU LL ION -FR AME T R A N SM I S SI O N Post/frame transmission (030744, 030748, 030747, 030749, 030753, 030752) MU LL ION -FR AME T R A N SM I S SI O N W I T H F LEX I BLE LI N K AR M Flexible link arm (022718, 008481, 022720, 008483, 022721, 008485, 072130, 072131) FIXIN G AC C ES S O R I ES Accessories for flexible transmission (030798, 030797) Connector plate for hand lever (73758) Connector plate for flexible mounting (08512, 08516) Corner bracket transmission | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Corner bracket transmission Solution for connecting and operating multiple windows AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Convenient daily ventilation of multiple windows through the use of an operating element Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Automation using E 212 electric linear drive Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Can be installed on the secondary closing edge or main closing edge Frame installation P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Up to five windows each with a maximum leaf weight of 80 kg can be operated via an operating element Completely pre-mounted assembly group facilitates installation 53 54 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Corner bracket transmission SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N Component options S O LU T I O N FO R C O N N ECT IN G AN D O PERATI N G M ULTI PLE W I N DOW S CORN E R B R AC K E T T R A N SM I S SI O N Corner bracket transmission for OL 90 N (030902, 030906, 074510, 030905) Flexible link arm | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Flexible link arm Reveal transmission solutions AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Can be used as a solution for mullion-frame transmissions and reveal transmissions on rectangular windows Can be used for reveal depths of up to 650 mm Segmental and semicircular arched windows can be opened/closed by using the flexible link arm Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation or installation on the masonry P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Accessories enable neat fixing to the window reveal and masonry Can be operated with the hand lever 55 56 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Flexible link arm TECHN ICAL DATA Flexible link arm Pull length = 700 mm e= … – 350 mm Pull length = 1000 mm e= … – 650 mm Pull length = 1250 mm e= … – 850 mm Window reveal protrusion … – 40 mm e e e = > 310 mm C4 (max. 120 mm) INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G e (max. 40 mm) e = reveal depth | … = window sill with reveal depth e = up to 310 mm (pull length 700 mm) | … = window sill with reveal depth e = over 310 mm (pull length 700 mm up to e = 380 mm) / (pull length 1000 mm up to e = 680 mm) | … = window sill with reveal depth (pull length 700 mm up to e+e1 = 310 mm) / (pull length 1000 mm up to e+e1 = 610 mm) | … = slanting window sill (pull length 700 mm to e = 380 mm) / (pull length 1000 mm up to e = 680 mm) APPL ICATION LIM I TS Total leaf width Panel weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) 380 –1200 mm 40 kg/m 60 kg SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N … Cranked rod | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Cranked rod Reveal transmission solutions AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Can be used for reveal transmission on rectangular windows  Can be used for reveal depths of up to 150 mm  Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor  Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows  Frame installation or installation on the masonry P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Fastening on the window reveal is not necessary Can be operated with the hand lever 57 58 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Cranked rod TECHN ICAL DATA Cranked rod Reveal depth 50 – 150 mm Pull rod Ø 10 mm Length 2000 mm INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G Transmission with cranked rod APPL ICATION LIM I TS Total leaf width Panel weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) 380 –1200 mm 40 kg/m2 60 kg SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options R E V E A L TR AN SM I SSI O N SO LUTI O N S FLE X IB LE LIN K A R M Flexible link arm (022718, 008481, 022720, 008483, 022721, 008485, 072130, 072131) AC C ES S OR IES FO R M O U N T I N G F LE X I B LE LI N K ARM Accessories for flexible transmission (030798, 030797) Connector plate for hand lever (73758) Connector plate for flexible mounting (08512, 08516) CR AN K E D R OD Cranked rod (004892) Additional pack for transmission 10/10A (058124) 59 60 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Additional locking mechanisms OL 90 N/OL 95 Additional locking mechanism OL 90 N/OL 95 Locking mechanism for improving air-tightness and safety ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Locking mechanism on the rectangular, bespoke angular or triangular window  Can be used in combination with OL 90 N and OL 95 scissors  Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows  Frame and leaf installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Visible locking mechanism – component on the frame engages with component on the leaf Improvement of air-tightness and safety No on-site central locking mechanism is needed for secure locking Can be operated with a hand lever, crank or an E 212 electric linear drive 61 Additional locking mechanisms OL 90 N/OL 95 | Individual Solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Additional locking mechanism OL 90 N/OL 95 Opening width (max.) 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 580 mm Leaf height b (min.) 600 mm Fitting stroke 54 mm Locking force (max.) 150 N b D CR OS S -S ECTI O N S I N P R O F I LE a Overlap height … – 17 mm Overlap height 14 – 25 mm Note: T  he additional locking mechanism can be installed as from a min. leaf width of 580 mm and a leaf height of 600 mm. SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 62 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Coupling OL 90 N Coupling OL 90 N Locking mechanism for improving air-tightness and safety ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Locking mechanism on the rectangular window  Can be used in combination with an OL 90 N scissor  Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows  Installation on rod PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Concealed locking mechanism – on-site fitting pins engage in driver Improvement of air-tightness and safety Coupling OL 90 N | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA OL 90 N coupling Opening width 170 mm Leaf width a (min.) 480 mm 80 Leaf height b (min.) 250 mm Fitting stroke 54 mm b D IN STALLATION D R AW I N G A N D C R O SS- SECTI O N I N PRO FI LE a A = diameter of various locking bolts N o t e : The concealed locking mechanism can be installed as from a min. leaf height of 250 mm. SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 63 64 Individual solutionsGEZE | GEZE MANUAL MANUAL VENTILATION VENTILATION SYSTEMS SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Overload protection Component options SO LU T I O N S FO R A DDI TI O N AL PR OTECTI O N AD D ITION AL LOC K I N G M ECH A N I SM Additional locking mechanism for OL 90 N / OL 95 for overlap height … – 17 mm (030519, 030523, 030522) Additional locking mechanism for OL 90 N / OL 95 for overlap height 14 – 25 mm (030524, 030528, 030527) CO U P LIN G Coupling for OL 90 N / OL 95 (024953, 029722, 030294) Order information OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 65 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. EV1 030574 dark bronze 030575 white RAL 9016 030578 white RAL 9010 030576 black 074512 acc. to RAL 030577 EV1 030373 dark bronze 030374 white RAL 9016 030377 white RAL 9010 030375 acc. to RAL 030376 black 074509 EV1 030596 dark bronze 030597 white RAL 9016 030600 black 074511 acc. to RAL 030599 EV1 071203 dark bronze 071204 white RAL 9016 071207 black 099477 acc. to RAL 071206 EV1 029183 dark bronze 029184 white RAL 9016 029187 acc. to RAL 029186 EV1 030498 dark bronze 030499 white RAL 9016 030502 acc. to RAL 030501 EV1 082445 white RAL 9016 082448 acc. to RAL 082449 EV1 084194 white RAL 9016 084197 acc. to RAL 084199 EV1 082638 white RAL 9016 082641 acc. to RAL 082643 EV1 074424 dark bronze 074425 white RAL 9016 074428 black 080228 acc. to RAL 074427 OL SCISSORS OL 90 N scissors With standard leaf bracket (fixed pack of 25 pieces) OL 90 N scissors With standard leaf bracket OL 90 N scissors With sliding leaf bracket OL 90 N scissors Without leaf bracket OL 90 N scissors Lockable, with leaf bracket OL 90 N scissors With unhinging inhibitor and standard leaf bracket OL 95 scissors With standard leaf bracket OL 95 scissors Without leaf bracket OL 95 scissors With unhinging inhibitor and leaf bracket LEAF BRACKETS OL 90 N AND OL 95 Standard leaf bracket for OL 90 N / OL 95 Suitable for OL 90 N / OL 95 on PVC and aluminium windows 66 GEZE MANUA L VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Order information OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Installation position Version ID no. EV1 084398 dark bronze 084399 white RAL 9016 084401 black 084402 acc. to RAL 084403 EV1 030886 dark bronze 030887 white RAL 9016 030890 black 099475 acc. to RAL 030889 EV1 071198 dark bronze 071199 white RAL 9016 071202 black 099476 acc. to RAL 071201 left EV1 118060 right EV1 117700 left white RAL 9016 118081 right white RAL 9016 117771 left acc. to RAL 118082 right acc. to RAL 117772 left EV1 118083 right EV1 117773 left white RAL 9016 118084 right white RAL 9016 117774 left acc. to RAL 118085 right acc. to RAL 117775 EV1 117776 white RAL 9016 117777 acc. to RAL 117778 EV1 030557 dark bronze 030558 white RAL 9016 030561 white RAL 9010 030559 black 074513 acc. to RAL 030560 EV1 030611 dark bronze 030612 white RAL 9016 030615 white RAL 9010 030559 black 077945 acc. to RAL 030614 Sliding leaf bracket for OL 90 N / OL 95 Suitable for OL 90 N / OL 95 on special shapes of PVC and aluminium windows Standard leaf bracket for OL 90 N / OL 95 Suitable for OL 90 N / OL 95 on wooden windows with Euro-groove Sliding leaf bracket for OL 90 N / OL 95 Suitable for OL 90 N / OL 95 on special shapes of wooden windows OL 90 N TOP-HUNG OUTWARD OPENING SCISSORS OL 90 N scissors For top-hung outward opening, reveal depth 0-30 mm, with leaf bracket OL 90 N scissors For top-hung outward opening, reveal depth 30 – 60 mm, with leaf bracket ACCESSORIES OL 90 N TOP-HUNG OUTWARD OPENING Locking mechanism for OL 90 N top-hung outward opening For reveal depth 30 – 60 mm ACCESSORIES FOR OL 90 N, OL 95 AND OL 90 N TOP-HUNG OUTWARD OPENING Hand lever with corner transmission for OL 90 N / OL 95 Suitable for OL 90 N / OL 95 (fixed pack of 25 pieces) Hand lever with corner transmission for OL 90 N / OL 95 Order information OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 67 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Installation position Length Hand lever with bendable corner transmission for OL 90 N / OL 95 For special window shapes Hand lever for OL 90 N / OL 95 Without corner transmission Lockable hand lever for OL 90 N / OL 95 Without corner transmission Version ID no. EV1 076911 dark bronze 076912 white RAL 9016 076915 black 080227 acc. to RAL 076916 EV1 026882 dark bronze 026884 white RAL 9016 026887 black 079113 acc. to RAL 026886 EV1 083841 dark bronze 083842 white RAL 9016 083844 acc. to RAL 085230 Corner transmission for OL 90 N / OL 95 galvanised 070546 Bendable corner transmission for OL 90 N / OL 95 Bendable for special window shapes galvanised 071354 Accessories for swivelling hand lever EV1 030391 dark bronze 030392 white RAL 9016 030395 Fz 90 corner operating gear Corner transmission with integrated gear, without crank rod and without crank acc. to RAL 030394 left galvanised 030809 right galvanised 030811 left black 030810 right black 030812 Fz 91 vertical gear galvanised 030817 With corner transmission, without crank rod and without crank black 030818 Fz 91 vertical gear Without corner transmission, without crank rod and without crank galvanised 030822 black 030823 Fz 92 gear Vertical gear with hinge joint, without crank rod and without crank EV1 030778 1400 mm EV1 050857 1400 mm dark bronze 050858 1400 mm white RAL 9016 015864 1400 mm acc. to RAL 015986 EV1 077433 dark bronze 108474 white RAL 9016 108476 Fixed crank rod With angled crank and crank rod holder Fixed crank rod With angled crank and crank rod holder cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) Removable crank rod With angled crank acc. to RAL 108477 1400 mm EV1 050856 1400 mm dark bronze 057589 1400 mm white RAL 9016 015879 1400 mm acc. to RAL 15987 68 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Order information OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Locking dimension Length Version ID no. EV1 077434 dark bronze 108478 white RAL 9016 108480 acc. to RAL 108491 Stroke limiter for reduced opening width silver-coloured 012335 Overload protection For Fz90-92 and Fz 100-101 gears EV1 020226 dark bronze 020225 white RAL 9016 020223 acc. to RAL 020224 galvanised 008985 6000 mm EV1 053262 6000 mm dark bronze 053263 6000 mm white RAL 9016 014706 6000 mm acc. to RAL 015982 EV1 109482 dark bronze 109483 white RAL 9016 109485 acc. to RAL 109486 A= … mm silver-coloured 024953 A= … mm silver-coloured 029722 A= … mm silver-coloured 030294 EV1 030744 dark bronze 030520 white RAL 9016 030748 acc. to RAL 030747 EV1 030749 dark bronze 030525 white RAL 9016 030753 acc. to RAL 030752 EV1 030744 dark bronze 030745 white RAL 9016 030748 acc. to RAL 030747 EV1 030749 dark bronze 030750 white RAL 9016 030753 acc. to RAL 030752 EV1 030902 dark bronze 030903 white RAL 9016 030906 black 074510 acc. to RAL 030905 700 mm EV1 + white RAL 9016 022718 700 mm brown 008481 1000 mm EV1 + white RAL 9016 022720 1000 mm brown 008483 Removable crank rod With angled crank cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) Universal joint For Fz 90 and 91 gears Crank rod for DIY installation Connecting tube, 6000 mm Crank rod for DIY installation connecting tube cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) Coupling for OL 90 N / OL 95 For concealed locking mechanism Additional locking mechanism for OL 90 N / OL 95 For overlap heights … – 75 mm Additional locking mechanism for OL 90 N / OL 95 For overlap heights … – 150 mm Mullion-frame transmission size 75 for OL 90 N D= … – 75 mm Mullion-frame transmission size 150 for OL 90 N D= … – 75 mm Corner bracket transmission for corner bracket or hinge for OL 90 N Flexible link arm without accessories Flexible link arm without accessories Order information OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 90 N top-hung outward opening | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 69 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Length Version ID no. Flexible link arm without accessories 1250 mm EV1 + white RAL 9016 022721 1250 mm brown 008485 350 – 3000 mm EV1 + white RAL 9016 072130 350 – 3000 mm Flexible link arm without accessories Special bespoke length brown 072131 Accessories for flexible link arm For special window shapes EV1 + white RAL 9016 030862 brown 030861 Corner guide for flexible link arm EV1 + white RAL 9016 030764 brown 030763 EV1 + white RAL 9016 030798 brown 030797 2000 mm galvanised 016555 3000 mm galvanised 016591 6000 mm galvanised 016592 2000 mm EV1 030401 2000 mm dark bronze 030402 2000 mm white RAL 9016 030405 2000 mm black 074537 2000 mm acc. to RAL 030404 3000 mm EV1 030396 3000 mm dark bronze 030397 3000 mm white RAL 9016 030400 3000 mm black 074539 3000 mm acc. to RAL 030399 6000 mm EV1 027558 6000 mm white RAL 9016 027561 6000 mm black 074540 6000 mm Mill finish 027556 Rod guide (fixed pack of 10 pieces) white 010878 Tie rod guide and connector plate galvanised 002747 Corner bracket cover for OL 90 N / OL 95 EV1 071503 white RAL 9016 071507 white RAL 9010 071505 acc. to RAL 071506 Drilling template For wooden windows yellow RAL 1003 054799 Drilling template For metal and PVC windows blue 054800 Additional drilling template for Euro-groove leaf bracket silver-coloured 028141 Accessories for multi-section drilling template silver-coloured 020477 Accessories for flexible transmission INSTALLATION MATERIAL Rod ø … mm Cover profile OL 90 N / OL 95 Cover profile OL 90 N / OL 95 Cover profile OL 90 N / OL 95 DRILLING TEMPLATES Drilling template For … scissors, F45 arched window 071861 Drilling template for wood For Fz 92 gear silver-coloured 013769 Drilling template for metal and PVC For Fz 92 gear silver-coloured 013770 Drilling template for connecting tube silver-coloured 059083 70 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 90 N with E 212, VGH insurance company, Hanover, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) OL 320 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 320 Surface-mounted fanlight opener with an opening width of 320 mm AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation for rooms and staircases For windows with heavy leaves weighing up to 250 kg Inward opening bottom-hung windows Automation using E 212 electric linear drive Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full opening width of 320 mm for all leaf heights The opening width can be adjusted Little space necessary thanks to flat design of the scissors Safety button on the scissors shows scissors engagement in the spherical head of the leaf bracket Integrated leaf locking mechanism in the scissors ensures secure locking Scissor unhooking by pressing the release button facilitates window cleaning from the inside and outside Unhinging inhibitor provides additional safety Couplings and additional locking mechanisms increase security and air-tightness The scissors and the link arm can be installed from the front Leaf bracket suitable for all overlap heights and materials 71 72 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 320 PRODU CT S CALE D R AW I N G 65 436 304 28 26 28 SPECIA L W IN D OW S H A P ES BESPOKE ANGULAR CRO S S -S ECTION S I N P R O F I LE OL 320 FLUSH-MOUNTED ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW 11 35 D Y Y OL 320 ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW WITH OVERLAP OL 320 ON PVC WINDOW D Y Y D* OL 320 ON WOODEN WINDOW D = Distance from outer edge of leaf to centre of link arm | D* = Distance from outer edge of leaf to centre of link arm (preferably 17 mm) | Y = Upper clearance Rectangular windows | OL 320 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 320 FOR R ECTA N G U L A R W I N D OW S – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYSTE M … 1 … 2 … 4 … 6 … OL 320 scissors … Leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide … Hand lever 73 74 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 320 | Rectangular windows TECHN ICAL DATA OL 320 for rectangular windows Opening width (max.) 320 mm Leaf width a (min.) 680 mm Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 250 kg Fitting stroke 70 mm Scissors Length 436 mm Depth 65 mm Height 26 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction) ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes b D INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G FO R R ECTA N G U L AR W I N DOW a APPL ICATION LIM I TS Number of scissors Leaf width a (min.) Leaf width a (max.) … 680 mm 1200 mm … 1201 mm 2400 mm … 2401 mm 3600 mm Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 250 kg SET T IN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E E D ED Leaf height b (min.) Leaf height b (max.) Setting dimension D (min.) at top 400 mm 499 mm 23 mm 500 mm 599 mm 21 – 23 mm 600 mm 799 mm 19 – 23 mm 800 mm 17 – 23 mm Space requirement Y at top min. 36 mm D(min) + 13 Bespoke angular windows | OL 320 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 75 OL 320 FOR B ES P O K E A N G U L A R W I N D OW S – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE FAN LI G HT O PEN ER SYST EM … 5 … 2 … 4 … 6 … OL 320 scissors … Sliding leaf bracket with long mounting plate … Bendable corner transmission … Rod (can be covered by cover profile of various colours) … Rod guide … Hand lever 76 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Manual fanlight openers | OL 320 | Bespoke angular windows TECHN ICAL DATA OL 320 on bespoke angular window Opening width (max.) 320 mm Leaf width a (min.) 680 mm Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 250 kg Fitting stroke 70 mm Scissors Length 436 mm Depth 65 mm Height 26 mm FUNCTIONS Adjustable opening width (stroke reduction) ● Leaf locking mechanism integrated in the scissors ● Scissor unhooking by release button ● Unhinging inhibitor ● ● = Yes INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G FO R B ESP O K E A NG ULAR W I N DOW b P a APPL ICATION LIM I TS Number of scissors Leaf width a (min.) Leaf width a (max.) … 680 mm 1200 mm … 1201 mm 2400 mm … 2401 mm 3600 mm Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 250 kg SET T IN G D IME N SI O N S A N D S PAC E N E E D ED Leaf height b (min.) Leaf height b (max.) Setting dimension D (min.) at top 400 mm 499 mm 23 mm 500 mm 599 mm 21 – 23 mm 600 mm 799 mm 19 – 23 mm 800 mm 17 – 23 mm Space requirement Y at top min. 36 mm D(min) + 13 OL 320 | Manual fanlight openers | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options OL 320 S C IS S O R S Scissors with sliding leaf bracket (128211, 128212, 128213) Scissors with sliding leaf bracket and unhinging inhibitor (131288, 131289, 131290) LE AF B R AC K E T + M O U N T I N G P L AT E Leaf bracket with mounting screw plate (139179, 139180, 139211) Mounting plate, long (063923) COR N E R TR A N S M I S SI O N + H A N D LE V E R Hand lever with corner transmission (131610, 131611, 131612, 139061, 139062, 139058, 139059) Corner transmission (058648) Hand lever (131652, 131653, 131654, 131655, 131656, 131657, 131658, 131660) CON N ECTION C O M P O N E N TS Rod (053198, 053199, 054116) COV E R AC C ESSO R I ES Cover profile (058771, 018293, 014258, 058774, 018294, 014259, 058630, 018251) Corner bracket cover (012560, 018245, 015459) Additional pack for end cover on end of scissors (058633, 018254, 013816) FIX IN G AC C ES SO R I ES Rod guide (058653) Connector plate for rod guide (004535) Rod coupling (059729) Connector plate for hand lever (139636) 77 78 79 W IND OW S Individual solutions O L 320 No matter where they are installed, our fanlight openers must be able to be used flexibly – and we've also got the right solutions in this regard. We provide operating elements for all areas of application. Different crank rods and gears ensure optimal power transmission and make opening and closing the windows really easy. Do you want your windows to provide increased safety? Then additional locking mechanisms are just what you need to improve air-tightness and safety. 80 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fz 100 corner operating gear Fz 100 corner operating gear Corner operating gear for operating the windows with a crank rod ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For the convenient operation of a rectangular or bespoke angular window using a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used in combination with an OL 320 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Corner transmission pre-mounted with universal joint Variable adjustment of bottom opening width Restriction of bottom opening by using stroke limiter Ten rotations of the crank are needed to fully open the window Additional functional safety through overload protection Fz 100 corner operating gear | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Fz 100 corner operating gear Width 26 mm Stroke 70 mm Rod diameter (clamp connection) 12 mm Crank rotations for max. opening 10 IN STALLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR W I N DOW 50 47,5 SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N 50 100 236,5 47,5 100 81 82 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Fz 101 vertical gear Fz 101 vertical gear Vertical gear for operating the windows with a crank rod ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N For the convenient operation of a rectangular or bespoke angular window using a fixed or removable crank rod Can be used in combination with an OL 320 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Vertical gear can be linked by rod to the corner transmission Bottom opening width with variable adjustment Restriction of bottom opening by using stroke limiter Ten rotations of the crank are needed to fully open the window Additional functional safety through overload protection Fz 101 vertical gear | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA Fz 101 vertical gear Width 26 mm Stroke 70 mm Rod diameter (clamp connection) 12 mm Crank rotations for max. opening 10 min.680 SYSTE M ILLU ST R AT I O N min.680 470 400 min.400 IN STALLATION D R AW I N G FO R R ECTA N GULAR AN D BESPO KE AN G ULAR W I N DOW S 83 84 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions Component options S OLU T I O N S FO R O P E R AT I N G THE W I N DOW S W I TH A CRAN K R O D GEAR Fz 100 corner operating gear (018194) Fz 101 vertical gear (018196) CRAN K R OD S Fixed crank rod (050857, 015864, 015986, 077433, 108476, 108477) Removable crank rod (050856, 015879, 015987, 077434, 108480, 108491) Crank rod for DIY installation (053262, 014706, 015982, 109482, 109485, 109846) ACCES S OR IES / C O M B I N AT I O N O P T I O N S Standard corner transmission (058648), Stroke limiter (012335) Overload protection (020226, 020225, 020224) Angled crank (056951, 014795, 056952) Coupling socket (042963) Swivel joint with sole plate (022934, 022933) FIXIN G AC C ES S ORI ES Rod guide (058653) Rod coupling (059729) Connector plate for hand lever (139636) Crank rod holder (054560, 014794, 054561), Spring pin (022932) Additional locking mechanism OL 320 | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Additional locking mechanism OL 320 Locking mechanism for improving air-tightness and safety AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Locking mechanism on the rectangular or bespoke angular window Can be used in combination with an OL 320 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Installation on wooden, PVC or aluminium windows Frame and leaf installation P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Visible locking mechanism – component on the frame engages with component on the leaf Improvement of air-tightness and safety No on-site central locking mechanism is needed for secure locking Can be operated with a hand lever, crank or an E 212 electric linear drive 85 86 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Additional locking mechanism OL 320 TECHN ICAL DATA Additional locking mechanism OL 320 Opening width (max.) 320 mm Leaf width a (min.) 770 mm Leaf height b (min.) 400 mm Fitting stroke 70 mm b D CRO S S -S ECTION S I N P R O F I LE a Overlap height 12 – 25 mm Note: T  he additional locking mechanism can be installed as from a min. leaf width of 580 mm and a leaf height of 600 mm. SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N Coupling OL 320 | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Coupling OL 320 Locking mechanism for improving air-tightness and safety AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Locking mechanism on the rectangular window Can be used in combination with an OL 320 scissor on inward opening bottom-hung windows Installation on wooden, PVC and aluminium windows Mounted on the rod P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Concealed locking mechanism – on-site fitting pins engage in driver Improvement of air-tightness and safety Can be used with on-site fittings for wooden, PVC and aluminium windows 87 88 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Coupling OL 320 TECHN ICAL DATA Coupling OL 320 Opening width (max.) 320 mm Leaf width a (min.) 810 mm Leaf height b (min.) 500 mm Fitting stroke 70 mm m b D INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G A N D C R O SS- SECTI O N I N PRO FI LE A a A = diameter of various locking bolts N o t e : The concealed locking mechanism can be installed as from a min. leaf height of 500 mm. SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Component options SO LU T I O N S FO R ADDI TI O N AL PROTECTI O N ADD ITION A L LO CK I N G M ECH A N I SM Additional locking mechanism for OL 320 (063974, 018257, 013080) COU PLIN GS Coupling for OL 320 aluminium windows (024954, 029717) Coupling for OL 320 wooden and PVC windows (029855, 029856, 030295) Coupling for OL 320 aluminium windows (028905) 89 90 GEZE MANUA L VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Order information for OL 320 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Length Version ID no. EV1 128211 white RAL 9016 128212 acc. to RAL 128213 EV1 131288 white RAL 9016 131289 acc. to RAL 131290 EV1 139179 white RAL 9016 139180 acc. to RAL 139211 EV1 131610 white RAL 9016 131611 acc. to RAL 131612 EV1 131652 white RAL 9016 131653 acc. to RAL 131654 Hand lever, 54 mm stroke For opening widths up to approx. 280 mm EV1 139058 white RAL 9016 139059 Hand lever, 42 mm stroke For opening widths up to approx. 220 mm EV1 131658 white RAL 9016 131659 Corner transmission galvanised 058648 Fz 100 corner operating gear Without crank rod and without crank galvanised 018194 Fz 101 vertical gear Without crank rod and without crank galvanised 018196 1400 mm EV1 50856 1400 mm dark bronze 50858 1400 mm white RAL 9016 015864 1400 mm acc. to RAL 015986 EV1 077433 dark bronze 108474 white RAL 9016 108476 acc. to RAL 108477 1400 mm EV1 050857 1400 mm dark bronze 050858 1400 mm white RAL 9016 015879 1400 mm acc. to RAL 015987 EV1 077434 dark bronze 108478 white RAL 9016 108480 acc. to RAL 108491 Stroke limiter for reduced opening width silver-coloured 012335 Overload protection For Fz 90-92 and Fz 100-101 gears EV1 020226 dark bronze 020225 white RAL 9016 020223 acc. to RAL 020224 OL 320 SCISSORS OL 320 scissors With sliding leaf bracket OL 320 scissors With unhinging inhibitor and sliding leaf bracket ACCESSORIES OL 320 Standard leaf bracket suitable for OL 320 With mounting plate, short Hand lever, 70 mm stroke with corner transmission Suitable for OL 320 Hand lever, 70 mm stroke For opening widths up to approx. 320 mm SUITABLE FOR OL 320 Fixed crank rod With angled crank and crank rod holder Fixed crank rod With angled crank and crank rod holder cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) Removable crank rod With angled crank Removable crank rod With angled crank cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) Order information for OL 320 | Individual solutions | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 91 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Locking dimension Length Version ID no. galvanised 008985 6000 mm EV1 053262 6000 mm dark bronze 053263 6000 mm white RAL 9016 014706 6000 mm acc. to RAL 015982 EV1 109482 dark bronze 109483 white RAL 9016 109485 acc. to RAL 109486 Stroke limiter for reduced opening width silver-coloured 012335 Overload protection For Fz 90-92 and Fz 100-101 gears EV1 020226 dark bronze 020225 white RAL 9016 020223 Universal joint For Fz 90 and 91 gears Crank rod for DIY installation Connecting tube, 6000 mm length Crank rod for DIY installation connecting tube cut to size (length in 1000 mm increments) acc. to RAL 020224 Coupling OL 320 For concealed locking mechanism on aluminium windows A= … mm silver-coloured 024954 A= … mm silver-coloured 029717 Coupling OL 320 For concealed locking mechanism on aluminium windows A= … mm silver-coloured 028905 Coupling for OL 320 Wooden and PVC windows A= … mm silver-coloured 029855 A= … mm silver-coloured 029856 A= … mm silver-coloured 030295 EV1 030749 white RAL 9016 030753 acc. to RAL 030752 EV1 050727 white RAL 9016 015519 acc. to RAL 013077 2000 mm galvanised 053198 3000 mm galvanised 053199 6000 mm galvanised 054116 2000 mm EV1 058771 2000 mm dark bronze 058772 2000 mm white RAL 9016 018293 2000 mm acc. to RAL 014258 3000 mm EV1 058774 3000 mm dark bronze 058775 3000 mm white RAL 9016 018294 3000 mm acc. to RAL 014259 6000 mm EV1 058630 6000 mm white RAL 9016 018251 6000 mm Mill finish 000824 Connector plate for OL 320 hand lever silver-coloured 139636 Corner bracket cover EV1 012560 white RAL 9016 018245 acc. to RAL 015459 Additional locking mechanism OL 320 Without additional bracket, for overlap heights 12 – 25 mm Additional bracket for overlap height … – 12 mm INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Rod ø 12 mm Cover profile OL 320 Cover profile OL 320 Cover profile OL 320 92 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Individual solutions | Order information for OL 320 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Additional pack of end covers For end of scissors EV1 058633 dark bronze 058634 white RAL 9016 018254 acc. to RAL 013816 Drilling template for wood silver-coloured 0137150 Drilling template for metal and PVC silver-coloured 0137152 Drilling template for connecting tube silver-coloured 059083 DRILLING TEMPLATES Gripping and cleaning scissors (FPS) | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS Gripping and cleaning scissors (FPS) For fanlight openers for the additional securing of bottom-hung leaves AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Can be used for OL 90 N, OL 95 and OL 320 Vertically installed bottom-hung rectangular windows P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Limits tilt of the leaf after the unhinging of the scissors (safety position) High level of safety provided by multiple safety positions Leaf and frame elements can be separated in order to facilitate transportation and installation Two gripping and cleaning scissors are needed for each window leaf Available in three sizes 93 94 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Gripping and cleaning scissors (FPS) … 2 … 4 … 1 = Safety opening width | … = Length when closed | … = Safety position | … = Cleaning positioning | … = Leaf height CROS S -S ECTION S I N P R O F I LE GRIPPING AND CLEANING SCISSORS GRIPPING AND CLEANING SCISSORS GRIPPING AND CLEANING SCISSORS ON ALUMINIUM WINDOW (INSTAL- ON WOODEN WINDOW ON PVC WINDOW LATION WITHOUT SUPPORTS) min.11 SYSTE M ILLU STR AT I O N Gripping and cleaning scissors (FPS) | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 95 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Gripping and cleaning scissors FPS 340 size … Version / thickness galvanised 030249 Gripping and cleaning scissors FPS 520 size … galvanised 030250 Gripping and cleaning scissors FPS 720 size … galvanised 030251 Mounting plates for gripping and cleaning scissors For aluminium windows (mounting fittings for leaf and frame) galvanised 030252 Mounting plates for gripping and cleaning scissors For PVC windows (mounting fittings for leaf with Euro-groove and frame) galvanised 070182 white 030253 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Mounting plates for gripping and cleaning scissors For wooden and PVC windows (mounting fittings for leaf with Euro-groove and frame) Frame shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 71 x 14 mm … mm silver-coloured 029334 Frame shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 71 x 10 mm … mm silver-coloured 029335 Frame shim for inclined rebate For PVC and aluminium windows, size 71 x 20 mm … mm silver-coloured 030383 Leaf shim For wooden, PVC and aluminium windows, size 53 x 12 mm … mm silver-coloured 009321 Leaf shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 53 x 12 mm … mm silver-coloured 25635 Leaf shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 53 x 12 mm … mm silver-coloured 13305 Leaf shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 53 x 14 mm … mm silver-coloured 09325 Leaf shim For PVC and aluminium windows, size 53 x 14 mm … mm silver-coloured 09324 silver-coloured 024741 DRILLING TEMPLATES / STOP GAUGE Stop gauge for gripping and cleaning scissors 96 97 W IND OW S Hardware system With the aid of smart hardware you can bring large, heavy windows into a tilted position with very little effort. The window hardware meets exacting standards in terms of robustness and stability. A hardware such as the F 1200 also really enhances the home/work environment. Its ease of use includes ventilation with variable adjustment control – from gap ventilation to tilt-end position, the secure locking and prevention of incorrect operation. 98 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Hardware system | F 1200 F 1200 Cranked turn-and-tilt hardware system for manual ventilation of large and heavy windows ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Convenient daily ventilation for rooms and staircases Ventilation with variable adjustment – from gap ventilation to the tilt-end position Turn-and-tilt windows Installation on aluminium windows Leaf and frame installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Achieves the full tilt-opening width of 180 mm for all leaf heights Variable adjustment of bottom opening width Functional safety due to weight-independent crank activation with control display Suitable for leaf weights up to 200 kg Functional safety provided by friction coupling to avoid overloading  Optionally extendible hardware system provided by vertical and horizontal central locking systems that are suitable for the leaf size Safe locking mechanism for virtually any chosen number of bolt points F 1200 | Hardware system | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA F 1200 Opening width (max.) 180 mm Leaf width 750 – 2400 mm Leaf height* 750 – 3500 mm Leaf weight (max.) 200 kg Fitting stroke 81 mm * = The maximum system limits depend on the window shape, the panel weight and the leaf weight. CR OS S -S ECTI O N I N P R O F I LE LEAF CENTRE OF GRAVITY HARDWARE CHAMBER … 2 … 6 22 … 3 i=30-80 … 1 = Leaf centre of gravity I … = Glass panel weight kg/m2 I … = Leaf pivot point I … = Distance apart … = Space requirement for F 1200 components I … = Seal end face AP PLICATION D I AG R A M 60 50 40 30 20 150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 … 110 120 130 140 75 90 80 70 100 a [mm] 3500 3400 3300 3200 3100 3000 2900 2800 2700 2600 2500 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 1700 1600 1500 1400 1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 b [mm] a = Leaf height | b = Leaf width 99 100 GEZE MANUA L VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Hardware system | F 1200 F 120 … IN THE CASE O F V E RT I CA L O P E R ATI O N – CO M PO N EN TS O F THE HARDWAR E SYSTEM … 3 … 4 17 … 16 15 14 13 … 12 11 10 … 9 … 1 Cross scissors with scissor hinge 10 Buffer … Scissors hinge 11 Tilt locking part … Bearing pin 12 Tilt locking slide … Corner transmission and face plate 13 Gear with crank … Locking part and bolt component 14 Driver … Clamping rail 15 Fail safety assembly … Turn and tilt hinge 16 Locking slider … Turn and tilt bearing 17 Locking part … Buffer support F 1200 | Hardware system | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS 101 Component options F 1200 basic hardware (062910, 062908, 015859, 015865) F 1200 gear with crank (063228, 063226, 015867, 015866) Gear F 1200, lockable with crank (063232, 063230, 015869, 015868) Gear F 1200, removable, with removable crank, without crank (063377, 063375, 015871, 015870) Corner transmission F 1200 (063211) Central locking system F 1200 (062912) Additional scissors F 1200 (062914, 092913) Opening restrictor F 1200 (066035, 066036, 066037) Bolt lock with 10 mm overlap (068513) Hook locking device F 1200 (000330) Removable crank handle F 1200 for Gear F 1200 (063332) 102 GEZE MANUA L VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Hardware system | F 1200 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Installation position Version ID no. left silver-coloured 062910 right silver-coloured 062908 left acc. to RAL 015865 right acc. to RAL 015859 left EV1 063228 right EV1 063226 left acc. to RAL 015867 right acc. to RAL 015866 left EV1 063232 right EV1 063230 left acc. to RAL 015869 right acc. to RAL 015868 left EV1 063377 right EV1 063375 left acc. to RAL 015871 right acc. to RAL 015870 EV1 063332 acc. to RAL 098766 EV1 089762 left silver-coloured 062914 right silver-coloured 062913 Corner transmission silver-coloured 063211 Central locking system F 1200 Vertical or horizontal silver-coloured 062912 Opening restrictor F 1200 Size 0, undampened silver-coloured 066035 Opening restrictor F 1200 Size 1, undampened silver-coloured 066036 Opening restrictor F 1200 Size 2, dampened silver-coloured 066037 silver-coloured 063418 left EV1 063237 right F 1200 cranked tur n-and-tilt hardware Basic hardware and gear F 1200 basic hardware Without gear, without vertical gear assembly Gear F 1200 With crank Gear F 1200 Lockable, with crank Gear F 1200 Removable, without crank Standard crank handle Extended crank handle (extension from 10 to 55 mm) ACCESSORIES Additional scissors F 1200 For leaf widths from 1400 mm upwards DRILLING TEMPLATES Drilling template, 5-piece F 1206 TURNING HARDWARE Basic fitting and gear F 1206 basic hardware Without gear EV1 063235 F 1030 gear With crank EV1 143061 F 1033 gear Lockable EV1 143074 Central locking system F 1206 Vertical, with hinge EV1 063239 Central locking system F 1206 Horizontal EV1 063278 ACCESSORIES N o t e : Further variants available on request. F 1200 | Hardware system | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS F 1200, 21 East 58th Street, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) 103 104 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Reference projects OL 90 N top-hung outward opening, Stiftung Ecksberg, Mühldorf, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) OL 90 N, Killesberg district of Stuttgart, Germany (photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) Reference projects | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS OL 90 N with hand lever in the arts college in Alfter, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) OL 90 N with hand lever, Leonberg, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 105 106 GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS | Reference projects F 1200, 11 Riverside Drive, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) F 1200, 90 Riverside Drive, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) Reference projects | GEZE MANUAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS F 1200, The Assemblage 114 East 25th Street, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) F 1200, Walker Tower 212 West 18th Street, New York, USA (photo: Skyline Windows) 107 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024 _04 ID no. 127787 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 6 MB)
Product brochure GEZE curved sliding door systems Slimdrive SC/SCR
Product brochure

Product brochure GEZE curved sliding door systems Slimdrive SC/SCR

G E Z E AU TO M AT I C D O O R S Y S T E M S GEZE CURVED SLIDING DOOR SYSTEMS INNOVATIVE TAILOR-MADE ENTRANCE SOLUTIONS B E W E G UN G M I T S YS T EM Cover photo: Lothar Wels, photo on page 2: Michael Molloy Photography Ltd Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR TABLE OF CONTENTS GEZE curved sliding door systems … Overview table … General product features for SC/SC-FR and SCR/SCR-FR … Overview of basic designs and special variants … GEZE Slimdrive SC … GEZE Slimdrive SCR 12 GEZE Slimdrive SC/SCR GGS 14 GEZE Slimdrive SC/SC-FR RC2 16 Accessories Operation 18 Securing 19 Locking 20 Service tools 21 Installation drawings SC/SCR 22 Cable plan 26 References 27 Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR GEZE curved sliding door systems Innovative tailor-made entrance solutions The entrance area of a building reveals a building‘s character. Prestigious buildings all over the world are equipped with tailor-made entrance solutions from GEZE. Applications in different areas reflect our many years of experience. Curved sliding doors create more space and light. This range is characterised by ease of operation, a wide range of design options and straightforward installation. The advantages at a glance •• Individual planning and production for every building •• TÜV type-tested in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 in all versions •• Low drive height of … cm permits large passage heights and conveys an elegant appearance •• The high level of light creates bright, friendly entrance areas •• Emphasis on transparency with the glass roof variant •• High-quality materials and state-of-the-art control technology guarantee high efficiency •• Curved sliding doors create up to 40 % more opening width compared with linear sliding doors •• Just perfect for glass façades with slim post-rail-constructions •• Central suspension of the moving leaves guarantees very quiet running and a long service life •• FR variant for use in escape and rescue routes according to AutSchR •• Simple operation and adjustment based on tried-and-tested sliding door technology Slimdrive SC: drive for curved sliding doors, can be used as a vestibule in combination with linear sliding doors Slimdrive SCR: the 360° drive solution for curved sliding doors SC-FR and SCR-FR: approved for use in escape and rescue routes, type-tested in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 and certified Slimdrive SC/SCR GGS: version of the automated all-glass curved sliding doors with the all-glass fitting system GGS and glass roof Slimdrive SC RC … and SC-FR RC 2: the burglar-resistant curved sliding door system with fine-framed fitting system DIN 18650 The industrial standard DIN 18650 was created to be able to guarantee operators and users of automatic doors optimum safety. GEZE curved sliding door systems have been type-tested in accordance with DIN 18650 and certified. EN 16005 The new European standard EN 16005 sets out the design requirements and testing methods used to ensure the safe use of automatic doors. The new standard has created a Europe-wide safety standard for automatic doors. All automatic door systems and safety sensors from GEZE meet the EN 16005 standard and are available. Federal Foreign Office and European Integration, Zagreb, Croatia (Photo: Robert Les) … GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Overview table of automatic curved sliding door systems Technical data Radius (max.) Moving leaf version Side elements version Surfaces Version of roof structure Illumination Floor covering Hot-air curtain system Off-centre façade connection Special functions on request Operation Approvals SC-FR SCR SCR-FR For escape and rescue routes Barrier-free Adjustable opening speed Adjustable closing speed Opening width 2-leaf Clear passage height* Canopy height (min.) Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf Radius (min.) SC Product features ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 800 – 3000 mm 800 – 2300 mm 3000 mm 75 mm 100 kg 120 kg 1000 mm 1100 mm 1000 mm 1100 mm 2000 mm 10 mm VSG, 10 mm ESG-H with GGS fitting system (GGS variant), special glass on request 10 mm VSG, 22 mm panel lining, VSG 12 mm without frame (GGS variant), special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised light alloy E6/EV1, colour anodised according to sample, coated with polished stainless steel, coated with grit 240 stainless steel, special coating on request Optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout, glass roof with roof variant, not possible with according to customer wishes, not glass roof possible with glass roof Scraper mat, floor mat according to customer wishes possible, depends on the ceiling integrated in the suspended ceiling construction ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Programme switch DPS Programme switch TPS Control via building management system DIN 18650, EN 16005 ● = YES - = NOT AVAILABLE * = HIGHER ON REQUEST Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR General product features for SC/SC-FR and SCR/SCR-FR System description •• •• •• •• •• •• •• Door profiles and running rail made of aluminium or with wood panelling Continuous floor guide made of stainless steel System can be designed convex (running inside) and concave (running outside) Individual solutions for side and upper connections to concrete, masonry, steel structure, glass structure as well as post-rail structure Large choice of surface finishes available System and moving leaf can be equipped fine-framed with GEZE profile systems or with the GEZE GGS fitting system There are numerous equipment versions for the design of the side elements and ceiling structure Version of FR variants suitable for use in escape and rescue routes •• Duplicate processing system thanks to 2-motor technology/rechargeable battery with a redundant control •• Programme switch is lockable: The programme switch may only be operated by authorised persons. For this reason, a key-operated switch is essential. The mode of operation selected must be able to be recognised clearly. •• Self-monitoring movement detector (redundancy): Function must be continually monitored. If a fault is diagnosed, the door moves to the open position (repairs necessary). •• Note on the locking of escape and rescue route doors (operation mode „night“): Automatic sliding doors for use in escape and rescue routes may be locked providing there are no escape and rescue route requirements made on them during this defined time period. This is usually the case when there is no-one in the building or if a different escape route is signposted for these people. Description of the control with functions •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• Fully digital control with high-power micro-processor All system settings and display of function, error and maintenance parameters are possible via GEZE display programme switch Operating modes: automatic, permanently open, shop closing (one-way), night, off Reduced opening width with variable adjustment in learning mode, with the FR-version taking the minimum escape route width into consideration. This depends on the number of persons who will have to use this exit and is at least one metre from … people onwards. Different hold-open times during summer operation, winter operation and key activation Display of statistical data as well as display of faults via programme switch (number of opening movements, service interval display) Self-learning door control Hold-open time can be adapted automatically to volumes of people (can be activated) Connection to fire alarm system Electromechanical locking with optional status contact for alarm systems Opening and closing speed can be adjusted individually Fault display for safety sensor and radar movement detector Controls with special function on request … GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Overview of basic designs and special variants Curved sliding doors GEZE Slimdrive SC Basic design Special variant Special variant Double or multi-leaf curved sliding door, can be combined as required Reverse curve Set curved Special variant Special variant Special variant Vestibule 180° double-leaf curved sliding door combined with linear sliding door Corner door 90° maximum opening width with optimum use of space Corner door 270° double-leaf centrally opening or single-leaf outward opening Special variant Double entrance for separate entrance and exit Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Curved sliding doors GEZE Slimdrive SCR Basic design Special variant Special variant Vestibule 360° two double-leaf curved sliding doors, each 180°, with separate drives Extended to an oval, vestibule Enlarged vestibule Housing society Vieya, Dongen, Netherlands (Photo: Erwin Kamphuis) … GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR GEZE Slimdrive SC Drive system for automatic curved sliding doors The GEZE Slimdrive SC conceals a powerful drive system for curved sliding doors in a unit only … cm high. The barrier-free drive blends in elegantly with post-rail-constructions and can be used in busy areas. Whether as a curved sliding door with a minimum radius of 1000 mm, as a curved sliding door with large radii or in combination with a linear sliding door as a vestibule: GEZE Slimdrive SC provides a huge range of design options and meets maximum function and design requirements. Opening widths of max. 3000 mm can be achieved for double-leaf doors with the Slimdrive SC. It moves leaf weights of up to a maximum of 120 kg. In the Slimdrive version SC-FR, the curved sliding door can also be used in escape and rescue routes (FR). Special versions Slimdrive SC GGS / SC-FR GGS - variant with automatic all-glass curved sliding doors with all-glass fitting system GGS and glass roof Slimdrive SC RC … / SC-FR RC … - burglar-resistant variant in accordance with resistance class … Belgian SkyShop Brussels International Airport, Brussels, Belgium (Photo: Erwin Kamphuis) Application range •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• Representative business premises Hotels and restaurants Hospitals Homes for the elderly and care homes Airports and railway stations Trade fairs, exhibitions and car showrooms Vestibule systems Suitable for new buildings, conversions and refurbishment thanks to the low overall height Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Technical data Product features For escape and rescue routes Barrier-free Adjustable opening speed) Adjustable closing speed Opening width 2-leaf Clear passage height* Canopy height (min.) Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf Radius (min.) Moving leaf version SC ● ● ● SC-FR ● ● ● ● 800 – 3000 mm 3000 mm 75 mm 100 kg 120 kg 1000 mm 1100 mm 10 mm VSG, special glass on request 10 mm VSG, 22 mm panel lining, special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised light alloy E6/EV1, colour anodised according to sample, coated with polished stainless steel, coated with grit 240 stainless steel, special coating on request Optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout, glass roof with roof variant, not possible with glass roof Scraper mat, floor mat according to customer wishes possible, depends on the ceiling construction ● ● ● ● Programme switch DPS Programme switch TPS Control via building management system DIN 18650, EN 16005 Side elements version Surfaces Version of roof structure Illumination Floor covering Hot-air curtain system Off-centre façade connection Special functions on request Operation Approvals ● = YES - = NOT AVAILABLE * = HIGHER ON REQUEST Curved version Nominal radius (mm) System angle Passage angle System width (mm) 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 2000 2200 2400 2600 Clear passage width (mm) 1144 1273 1401 Curve length (mm) 3142 3456 3770 10 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS 1600 1700 1800 2800 1500 180° 80° 3000 3200 3400 3600 1530 1658 1787 1916 2044 2173 4084 4398 4712 5027 5341 5655 1900 2000 3800 4000 on on request request 5969 6283 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Standard dimensions Curve length BL = max. 5500 mm Passage width LW = 1000 mm - 2300 mm Vertical section KH Approximate calculation of the curve length = r B BL = B2 + 180 A B 16 … H BL DH x y · A x T2 = With radius r and angle y given = With overall depth T and system width B given DH = Passage height H = System height KH = Canopy height Horizontal sections B S y r S T B r LW BL LB B LB r S T = = = = = System width Passage clearance Nominal radius Inner width Overall depth B BL LB r S = = = = = System width Curve length Passage clearance Nominal radius Inner width Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 11 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR GEZE Slimdrive SCR Drive system for automatic curved sliding doors The drive series GEZE Slimdrive SCR is the 360° drive solution for curved sliding doors. The drives of the two doors form one unit but are controlled separately. This drive for curved sliding doors can be integrated almost invisibly into the façade thanks to the extremely low overall height of only … cm. The state-of-the-art drive „disappears“ – leaving room for transparency and aesthetics. The SL SCR is barrier-free and just perfect for use in glass façades with a slim post-rail-construction. High-quality materials and state-of-the-art control technology ensure high efficiency. Opening widths of max. 2300 mm can be achieved for double-leaf doors with the Slimdrive SCR. It moves leaf weights of up to a maximum of 120 kg. In the Slimdrive version SCR-FR, the curved sliding door can also be used in escape and rescue routes (FR). Special versions Slimdrive SC RC … / SC-FR RC … - burglar-resistant variant in accordance with resistance class … SGL Carbon, Meitingen, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) Application range •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• Representative business premises Hotels and restaurants Hospitals Homes for the elderly and care homes Airports and railway stations Trade fairs, exhibitions and car showrooms Vestibule systems Suitable for new buildings, conversions and refurbishment thanks to the low overall height 12 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Technical data Product features For escape and rescue routes Barrier-free Adjustable opening speed (ventilation) Adjustable closing speed Opening width 2-leaf Clear passage height* Canopy height (min.) Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf Radius (min.) Radius (max.) Moving leaf version SCR ● ● ● SCR-FR ● ● ● ● 800 – 2500 mm 3000 mm 75 mm 100 kg 120 kg 1000 mm 1100 mm 2000 mm 10 mm VSG, special glass on request 10 mm VSG, 22 mm panel lining, VSG 12 mm without frame (GGS variant), special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised light alloy E6/EV1, colour anodised according to sample, coated with polished stainless steel, coated with grit 240 stainless steel, special coating on request Optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout, glass roof according to customer wishes, not possible with glass roof Scraper mat, floor mat according to customer wishes integrated in the suspended ceiling ● ● ● ● Programme switch DPS Programme switch TPS Control via building management system DIN 18650, EN 16005 Side elements version Surfaces Version of roof structure Illumination Floor covering Hot-air curtain system Off-centre façade connection Special functions on request Operation Approvals ● = YES - = NOT AVAILABLE * = HIGHER ON REQUEST Approximate calculation of the curve length Vertical section Horizontal section KH B S = r B BL = B2 + 180 16 … H BL DH x y · A r x T2 LW A B T = With radius r and angle y given = With overall depth T and system width B given = Overall depth DH = Passage height H = System height KH = Canopy height B LB r S = = = = System width Passage clearance Nominal radius Inner width Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 13 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR GEZE Slimdrive SC/SCR GGS Elegance and transparency without frames The unpretentious and functional design of this stainless steel fitting opens up a wide range of individual application possibilities. The perfect design of curved sliding doors equipped with the GGS fitting system (GEZE all-glass system) is impressive. Maximum transparency is supported by the glass roof variant. The moving leaves are attached to the roller carriage using two single point fixings each and have been designed without frame. The floor guide is also attached to the glass with single point fixings. The side elements are made of curved laminated safety glass (VSG) and equipped with very slim profiles as edge protection. The SC/SCR GGS variant also allows a curved sliding door to be made from a combination of two curved sliding doors. The minimum radius is 1250 mm, the maximum clear passage is 2500 mm and the maximum leaf weight 100 kg. Deviations from these dimensions can be realised on request. The FR variant is available for use in escape and rescue routes. Application range •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• Representative business premises Hotels and restaurants Hospitals Homes for the elderly and care homes Airports and railway stations Trade fairs, exhibitions and car showrooms Vestibule systems Suitable for new buildings, conversions and refurbishment thanks to the low overall height 14 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Technical data Side elements version Surfaces Version of roof structure Illumination Floor covering Hot-air curtain system Special functions on request Operation Approvals SC-FR GGS SCR GGS SCR-FR GGS For escape and rescue routes Barrier-free Adjustable opening speed (ventilation) Adjustable closing speed Opening width 2-leaf Clear passage height* Canopy height (min.) Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf Radius (min.) Radius (max.) Moving leaf version SC GGS Product features ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 800 – 3000 mm 800 – 2300 mm 2500 mm 75 mm 100 kg 120 kg 1250 mm 2000 mm 10 mm ESG-H with GGS fitting system (GGS variant), special glass on request VSG 10 mm without frame (GGS variant), special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised light alloy E6/EV1, colour anodised according to sample, coated with polished stainless steel, coated with grit 240 stainless steel, special coating on request Optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout, glass roof with roof variant, not possible with glass roof Scraper mat possible, depends on the ceiling construction ● ● ● ● Programme switch DPS Programme switch TPS Control via building management system DIN 18650, EN 16005 ● = YES - = NOT AVAILABLE * = HIGHER ON REQUEST Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 15 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR GEZE Slimdrive SC/SC-FR RC … The perfect combination of design and certified safety The burglar-resistant curved sliding door system GEZE Slimdrive SC RC … and the escape and rescue route variant SC-FR RC … makes burglars’ lives difficult. It was specially developed for building entrances with increased safety requirements. Both variants have been tested in accordance with component resistance class … (RC 2) in line with DIN EN 1627 to 1630. This means that they can withstand attempts to be levered open using tools of the RC … class such as screwdrivers, pliers and wedges, and can withstand static and dynamic loads. Opportunists are stopped effectively and security companies gain reaction time. SGL, Carbon, Meitingen, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) Application range •• •• •• •• •• •• Building entrances with enhanced safety requirements Banks Pharmacies Jewellers Petrol stations IT rooms 16 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Technical data Product features For escape and rescue routes Barrier-free Adjustable opening speed (ventilation) Adjustable closing speed Opening width 2-leaf Clear passage height Canopy height (min.) Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf Radius (min.) Moving leaf version Side elements version Surfaces Version of roof structure Illumination Floor covering Hot-air curtain system Special functions on request Operation Approvals SC/SC-FR RC … ● ● ● ● 900 – 3000 mm 3000 mm 75 mm 120 kg min. 1350 mm / max. 1750 mm 10 mm VSG, special glass on request 10 mm VSG, special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised light alloy E6/EV1, colour anodised according to sample, special coating on request waterproof roof with waterspout with roof variant, not possible with glass roof Scraper mat, Floor mat according to customer wishes possible, depends on the ceiling construction ● Programme switch DPS Programme switch TPS Control via building management system DIN 18650, EN 16005 ● = YES - = NOT AVAILABLE Note The burglar-resistant function RC … is only enabled in „NIGHT“ mode. In „NIGHT“ mode the door does not fulfil any emergency exit requirements. It is necessary to ensure that there is nobody in the building or that sufficient other emergency exits are available. Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 17 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Operating automatic sliding doors Programme switch for selecting the mode of operation of automatic sliding doors GEZE offers programme switches for a wide range of individual requirements. The switches are suitable for universal use – for surface-mounted or flush-mounted installation. The following switches are available: Display programme switch (DPS) Key programme switch (TPS) The following operating modes can be set: “Permanently open” The door moves to the OPEN position and remains open. Movement detector or opening button are deactivated. “Night” The movement detectors are switched inactive, the door closes. The door can only be opened with contact sensor authorised (KB) or manual release. Option: The door leaves are locked electrically to prevent forced opening. “Shop closing” (One-direction operation from the inside to the outside) The door only opens and closes when someone goes out from the inside. The movement detector outside is switched inactive, the one inside is switched active. “Automatic” The door opens as soon as it is actuated via the movement detector or keys, and closes after a certain individually adjustable time. Safety sensors protect the leaves’ travel path. If there is someone in the door opening, the door will not close. “OFF” (depending on model) Drive motor, locking, activationand safety sensors are switched off, the door leaves can be moved manually. Key switch The programme switch can be blocked using a key switch. A key switch is required for the F/R variants. Securing the programme switches The display programme switch (DPS) and key programme switch (TPS) can be combined with a key switch. Alternatively, these programme switches can be secured using a code. Display programme switch (DPS) 18 Keypad programme switch (TPS) GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Securing automatic sliding doors Sensor package for SC systems … 2 … 1 … 3 … 3 … 4 = = = = … 4 … 1 … 3 … 1 … 4 Optional: GC 363 rain cover to protect the combined detector / light curtain outdoors Combined detectors GC 363 R and GC 363 SF (in direction of emergency exit) for triggering and securing the automatic door Light curtain GC 339 for protecting the opening width Optional: GC 363 ceiling installation kit for integrating the combined detector/light curtain in the ceiling Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 19 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Automatic locking Locking by toothed belt This electromagnetic bi-stable locking system ensures more safety, because it stays locked even without electric current. Manual emergency unlocking is possible at any time. Typical for this type of locking is permanent monitoring by the control unit. Up to two contacts for external applications (e.g. alarm systems) can be integrated as an option. Thanks to the free choice of positioning in the drive, the toothed belt unit is not only easy to install, it also makes special locking functions possible, e.g. locked pharmacy opening of the sliding doors. Rod locking Rod locking increases safety and burglary protection. The multi-point lock – both upwards and in the ground – provides solid resistance against attempts to be levered open. The locking rod is integrated invisibly in the fine-framed ISO profile system. The system can be unlocked both electrically or mechanically. Manual locking Floor lock The GEZE floor lock is used to lock door leaves with the fine-framed ISO profile system easily at floor level. Standard profile cylinders can be used for the floor locks. This means the solution is suitable for optimum integration in locking systems. Operation is manual, with the key, either only from the inside or from the inside and outside. Floor lock 20 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Service Tools GEZEconnects Bluetooth is an internationally standardised short-distance radio signal with a range of up to ten metres. The software GEZEconnects makes wireless connection via Bluetooth possible between a computer and the automatic door systems from GEZE. All door system settings can be carried out via an intuitive graphic interface, stored, sent by e-mail and transferred to a word processing programme as a protocol. Diagnosis functions show the most important function parameters of the door system in real time, so that problems are recognised at a glance and can be eliminated. All the pre-settings can be taken over very easily for further door systems. The convenient documentation of initial operation, servicing and diagnosis protocols as well as all statistical data can be downloaded at any time. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications made. Service terminal ST 220 Mobile, handy and straightforward – that is parameter setting for the automatic GEZE door systems using the service terminal ST 220. Communication and data exchange between the service terminal and the door drive is via an integrated RS485 interface. The large illuminated interface is easy to operate thanks to the plain text display. The service terminal is equipped with a readout function for servicing and diagnosis work. Power is supplied via the door system. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications made. GEZEconnects I SOFTW ARE zur kabellosenVerbindung von GEZE AutomatischenTürsystemen und PCs über Bluetooth GEZEconnects I SOFTW ARE TÜRTECHNIK AUTOMATISCHE TÜRSYSTEME GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Str. 21-29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telefon: +49 (0)7152-203-0 Telefax: +49 (0)7152-203-310 www.geze.com RWA UND LÜFTUNGSTECHNIK Systemvoraussetzungen: PC mit Windows XP Intel oder 100% kompatiblen Prozessor 500 MB RAM 1,5 GHz CD Laufwerk Bluetooth Schnittstelle 150 MB freier Speicherplatz GEZEconnects I SOFTW ARE zur kabellosenVerbindung von GEZE AutomatischenTürsystemen und PCs über Bluetooth SICHERHEITSTECHNIK GLASSYSTEME Id.Nr. 134995 · Version 090518 · Änderungen vorbehalten B EW E G U N G M I T S Y S T E M B EW E G U N G M I T S Y S T E M GEZEconnects Service terminal ST 220 Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 21 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Installation drawings SC/SCR Slimdrive SC(-FR) and SCR(-FR) A … 7 … 1 … 5 … 3 … A … 2 … 4 … 6 … 8 = = = = = = = = = SCR(-FR) passage area Moving leaf with VSG Stainless steel floor ring Optional: sheet metal base 180° loose/fixed flange all the way round Sealing provided by the customer Finished floor level Complete drive (covering / drive components) Ceiling installation kit combined detector Combined detector Slimdrive SC(-FR) horizontal sections 20 A RN 30 A B 40 C B 30 30 … C … = Clear passage width RN = Nominal radius 22 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Hot-air curtain in ceiling canopy … 330 165 … 62 35 … 225 … 45 430 … 7 … 685 … 2 … 4 … = = = = = Air intake lines must never be blocked Supply flow Return flow Exhaust outlet Servicing flap Hot-air curtain in suspended ceiling … 3 240 … 4 640 66 … 6 … 2 … 4 … 6 = = = = = = Supply lines for hot-air curtains on site Opening for hot-air curtain line routing Suspended ceiling with preparatory work for hot-air curtain system Hot-air curtain system Air intake Air blow-out Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 23 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Floor ring … 1 … 5 … 3 … 8 … 100 … 1 … 3 … 5 … 7 … 9 = = = = = = = = = Side element with VSG Moving leaf with VSG Finished flooring Stainless steel - floor ring Optional: Floor covering / clean scraping mat Unfinished floor Optional: Loose/fixed flange Optional: Sheet metal base 180° all the way round Sealing film on site 24 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS … 50 30 30 75 … Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Façade connection with sheet metal panel min. 40 mm … 1 … 2 = Optional: Façade connection (panel) = Side element with VSG Façade connection with glass pane … 1 … 3 … 1 … 3 = Glass pane = Side element = Spindle Façade connection top - with weather guard … 2 … 3 … 2 … 4 = = = = Sealing on site Optional: Façade connection (panel) Sheet aluminium weather guard, chamfered Minimum distance: 40 mm, due to mounting Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 25 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Cable plan Slimdrive SL-SC For detailled information concerning connection of the activationdevices and sensors refer to connection diagram 148583 (English version). 230V / 50Hz power supply cable 400V / 50Hz power supply cable For draught lobby operation with 2nd drive 230V / 50Hz power supply cable 10 A fuse (provided by customer) … for warm-water hot-air curtain system for electrical hot-air curtain system 230V / 50Hz (switchable) power supply cable LED Power socket … 1 HS NS … SCT DPS … 2 SM Bell … * … * KI KA Switch Switch provided by customer … 2 SCT APO NV Y Y Fixed panel protection (GEZE scope of delivery) … KI Slimdrive SL terminal panel Y … KA 230V / 50Hz power supply cable for floor ring heating band 10 A fuse with RCD (provided by customer) Wire cross-sections HS Main switch (optional) … NYM-J … x … mm NS Emergency off switch 3) DPS Display programme switch SCT Key-operated programme switch KI Internal activation device 1) KA External activation device 2) … I-Y(ST)Y … x … mm … I-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm … NYM-J … x … mm2 SCT Key switch Y … x … mm2 (GEZE scope of delivery for GEZE products) APO Pharmacy opening * For pressure switches NV Emergency lock SM Fault detector Fault lamp or fault horn Safety notes - Cable routing as per VDE 0100 - Cable routing, connection work and commissioning may only be carried out by authorised experts. - GEZE does not assume any guarantee and service prestations in combination with third-party products. Notes 1) One or more activationdevices (KI) can be installed. When installing an integrated movement detector, the cables are laid in the drive. 2) One or more external activationdevices (KA) can be installed. 3) Attach emergency off switches in the right-hand escape direction 26 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS … Safety light switch (GEZE scope of delivery) Movement detector (GEZE scope of delivery) … 4 Water connection for hot-air curtain system: 2x 3/4* Cable inlet … 1 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR References Cafe Luitpold, Munich, Germany (Photo: Robert Sprang) Hippauf & Stegmüller, Arnstorf, Germany (Photo: Robert Sprang) Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 27 Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Referenzen Beaufort House, London, UK (Photo: Michael Molloy Photography Ltd) Hotel Schloss Elmau Retreat, Elmau, Germany (Photo: Robert Sprang) 28 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS Automatic semi-circular and circular sliding doors GEZE SLIMDRIVE SC/SCR Referenzen CEMAG Anlagenbau, Hameln, Germany (Photo: Lothar Wels) Casino, Monte-Carlo, Monaco (Photo: Jean-Louis Martinetti) Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 29 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS You will find more product information in the relevant brochures, see ID numbers. Door technology 01 02 03 04 05 Overhead door closers ID 091593, ID 091594 Hold-open systems ID 091593, ID 091594 Integrated door closers ID 091609 Floor springs and all-glass fittings ID 091607 Sliding fitting systems and linear guides 13 ID 123605, ID 000586 04 Automatic door systems 06 07 08 09 10 Swing doors 11 ID 144785 01 Sliding, telescopic and folding doors 02 ID 143639 22 Curved sliding doors 06 ID 135772 17 06 Revolving doors ID 132050 11 Activation devices and sensors ID 142655 04 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 11 12 13 14 15 Fanlight opening systems ID 127787 Electric opening and locking systems ID 127785, ID 127789 Electrical spindle and linear drives ID 127785, ID 127789 Electric chain drives ID 127785, ID 127789 17 18 19 20 ID 127785, ID 139075 Emergency exit systems ID 132408 Access control systems ID 132158 Panic locks ID 132848 Electric strikes ID 148666 Building management system ID 132408 Glass systems 21 22 30 20 14 Manual sliding wall systems (MSW) ID 104377 Integrated all-glass systems (IGG) ID 104366 GEZE AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS 07 10 Smoke and heat extraction systems Safety technology 16 08 07 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS Door technology The functionality, superior performance and reliability of GEZE door closers are impressive. A common design across the range, the ability to use them on all common door leaf widths and weights, and the fact that they can be individually adjusted makes their selection simple. They are continually being improved and enhanced with up-to-date features. For example, the requirements of fire protection and accessibility are fulfilled with a door closer system. Automatic door systems 15 GEZE automatic door systems open up a huge variety of options in door design. The latest, innovative highperformance drive technology, safety, ease of accessibility and first class universal drive design set them apart. GEZE offers complete solutions for individual requirements. 17 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 21 GEZE smoke and heat extraction systems and ventilation technology provide complete systems solutions combining the many requirements of different types of windows. We supply a full range from energy efficient drive systems to natural ventilation and complete solutions for supplying and extracting air, also as certified SHEVs. 15 05 12 03 Safety technology GEZE safety technology sets the standards where preventative fire protection, access control and anti-theft security in emergency exits are concerned. For each of these objectives GEZE offers tailored solutions, which combine the individual safety requirements in one intelligent system and close doors and windows in case of danger in a coordinated manner. 21 18 Building systems 16 09 19 In GEZE’s Building Management System GEZE door, window and safety products can be integrated in to the security and control systems of the building. A central control and visualisation system monitors various automation components in the building and offers security through many different networking capabilities. Glass systems GEZE glass systems stand for open and transparent interior design. They can either blend discreetly into the architecture of the building or stand out as an accentuated feature. GEZE offers a wide variety of technologies for functional, reliable and aesthetic sliding wall or sliding door systems providing security with lots of design scope. Semi-circular and circular sliding door systems 31 G E Z E AU TO M AT I C D O O R S Y S T E M S GEZE GmbH P.O. Box 1363 71226 Leonberg Germany GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21-29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telefon +49 7152 203 … Telefax +49 7152 203 310 www.geze.com Germany GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-West Breitwiesenstraße … 71229 Leonberg Tel. +49 7152 203 594 Fax +49 7152 203 438 leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-Ost Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 7152 203 6440 Fax +49 7152 203 77050 muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Süd Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 859 service-muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Siemensstraße 14 63263 Neu-Isenburg Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 659 service-frankfurt.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung West Heltorfer Straße 12 40472 Düsseldorf Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 559 service-duesseldorf.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 759 service-berlin.de@geze.com China GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Shuangchenzhong Road Beichen Economic Development Area (BEDA) Tianjin 300400, P.R. China Tel. +86 22 26973995 Fax +86 22 26972702 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Shanghai Jia Little Exhibition Center Room C 2-102 Shenzhuan Rd. 6000 201619 Shanghai, P.R. China Tel. +86 21 52340960 Fax +86 21 64472007 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Guangzhou Room 17 C … Everbright Bank Building, No.689 Tian He Bei Road 510630 Guangzhou, P.R. China Tel. +86 20 38731842 Fax +86 20 38731834 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd Branch Office Beijing Room 04-05, 7th Floor GEZE Service GmbH Red Sandalwood Plaza Niederlassung Nord Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) No. 27 Jianguo Road Chaoyang District 22045 Hamburg 100024 Beijing, P.R.China Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +86 10 85756009 Fax +49 7152 9233 459 Fax +86 10 85758079 service-hamburg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH chinasales@geze.com.cn Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Austria Siemensstraße 14 France GEZE Austria 63263 Neu-Isenburg GEZE France S.A.R.L. Wiener Bundesstrasse 85 Tel. +49 7152 203 6888 ZAC de l’Orme Rond A-5300 Hallwang Fax +49 7152 203 6891 RN 19 Tel: +43 6225 87180 frankfurt.de@geze.com 77170 Servon Fax: +43 6225 87180 299 Tel. +33 … 606260 70 austria.at@geze.com GEZE GmbH Fax +33 … 606260 71 Niederlassung West france.fr@geze.com Baltic States – Heltorfer Straße 12 Lithuania / Latvia / Estonia 40472 Düsseldorf Hungary Tel. +371 678960 35 Tel. +49 7152 203 6770 GEZE Hungary Kft. baltic-states@geze.com Fax +49 7152 203 76770 Hungary-2051 Biatorbágy duesseldorf.de@geze.com Vendel Park Benelux Huber u. 1. GEZE Benelux B.V. GEZE GmbH Tel. +36 23532 735 Industrieterrein Kapelbeemd Niederlassung Nord Fax +36 23532 738 Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) Steenoven 36 office-hungary@geze.com 5626 DK Eindhoven 22045 Hamburg Tel. +31 4026290 80 Tel. +49 7152 203 6600 Iberia Fax +31 4026290 85 Fax +49 7152 203 76608 GEZE Iberia S.R.L. benelux.nl@geze.com hamburg.de@geze.com C/ Andorra 24 08830 Sant Boi de Llobregat Bulgaria GEZE Service GmbH (Barcelona) GEZE Bulgaria - Trade Niederlassung Süd-West Tel. +34 902194 036 Representative Office Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 25 Fax +34 902194 035 Nickolay Haitov 34 str., fl. … 71229 Leonberg info@geze.es 1172 Sofia Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +359 247043 73 Fax +49 7152 9233 359 India Fax +359 247062 62 service-leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE India Private Ltd. office-bulgaria@geze.com MF … & 3, Guindy Industrial Estate Ekkattuthangal Chennai 600 097 Tamilnadu G E Z E R E P R E S E N TAT I V E Tel. +91 44 406169 00 Fax +91 44 406169 01 office-india@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 7152 203 6840 Fax +49 7152 203 76849 berlin.de@geze.com ID No. 135772 · Vers. EN 1706 · Subject to change without notice Italy GEZE Italia S.r.l Sede di Vimercate Via Fiorbellina 20 20871 Vimercate (MB) Tel. +39 0399530401 Fax+39 039 9530459/419 italia.it@geze.com Sede di Roma Via Lucrezia Romana, 91 00178 Roma Tel. +39 039 9530401 Fax +39 039 9530449 italia.it@geze.com Poland GEZE Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Marywilska 24 03-228 Warszawa Tel. +48 224 404 440 Fax +48 224 404 400 geze.pl@geze.com Romania GEZE Romania S.R.L. IRIDE Business Park, Str. Dimitrie Pompeiu nr. 9-9a, Building 10, Level 2, Sector 2, 020335 Bucharest Tel.: +40 212507 750 Fax: +40 316201 258 office-romania@geze.com Russia OOO GEZE RUS Letnikovskaya str. 10/2 Floor 6, room VII 115114 Moscow Tel: +7 495 741 40 61 office-russia@geze.com Scandinavia – Sweden GEZE Scandinavia AB Mallslingan 10 Box 7060 18711 Täby, Sweden Tel. +46 87323 400 Fax +46 87323 499 sverige.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Norway GEZE Scandinavia AB avd. Norge Industriveien 34 B 2073 Dal Tel. +47 63957 200 Fax +47 63957 173 norge.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Denmark GEZE Danmark Branch office of GEZE Scandinavia AB Mårkærvej 13 J-K 2630 Taastrup Tel. +45 463233 24 Fax +45 463233 26 danmark.se@geze.com Singapore GEZE (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 21 Bukit Batok Crescent #23-75 Wcega Tower Singapore 658065 Tel: +65 6846 1338 Fax: +65 6846 9353 gezesea@geze.com.sg South Africa Geze South Africa (Pty) Ltd. GEZE, Building 3, 1019 Morkels Close Midrand 1685 Tel: + 87 94337 88 Fax: + 86 66137 52 info@gezesa.co.za Switzerland GEZE Schweiz AG Zelglimatte 1A 6260 Reiden Tel. +41 62 28554 00 Fax +41 62 28554 01 schweiz.ch@geze.com Turkey GEZE Kapı ve Pencere Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti. İstanbul Anadolu Yakası Organıze Sanayı Bolgesi Gazi Bulvari Caddesi 8.Sokak No:8 Tuzla-Istanbul Tel. + 90 216 45543 15 Fax + 90 216 45582 15 office-turkey@geze.com Ukraine LLC GEZE Ukraine 17 Viskozna street, Building 93-B, Office 12 02660 Kyiv Tel./Fax +38 445012225 office-ukraine@geze.com United Arab Emirates/GCC GEZE Middle East P.O. Box 17903 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai Tel. +971 48833 112 Fax +971 48833 240 gezeme@geze.com United Kingdom GEZE UK Ltd. Blenheim Way Fradley Park Lichfield Staffordshire WS13 8SY Tel. +44 15434430 00 Fax +44 15434430 01 info.uk@geze.com

(PDF | 2 MB)
Activation devices and sensors
Product brochure

Activation devices and sensors

DOOR, WINDOW AND SAFETY TECHNOLOGY Activation devices and sensors … GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS … Contents Overview table … Overview: activation devices and sensors … ACTIVATION GC 308 radar movement detector 10 GC 302 radar movement detector 13 GC 307+ proximity switch 16 Air 20-Var active infrared detector 18 Wireless programme 20 Activation button 24 LED sensor switches 26 PR OTECTION GC 342 laser scanner 30 GC 342+ laser scanner 33 GC 338 sensor strip 36 GC 335 sensor strip 39 GC 341 active infrared detector 42 GC 339+ active infrared detector 46 COMB IN E D D E T ECTO R S GC 365 combined detector 52 GC 363+ combined detector 56 P R OGR AMME SW I TC H ES A N D K E Y SW I TCHES Programme switches 62 Key switches 64 Safety switches and emergency push buttons 66 SMOK E S W ITC H ES A N D C O N T R O L U N I TS RSZ … smoke switch control unit 70 AC C ES S OR IES 74 R E FE R E N C ES 78 … GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Overview table Overview table APPL ICATION OF ACT I VAT I O N D E V I C ES O N AUTO M ATI C DO O R SYSTEM S AN D W I N DOW S Swing doors Sliding doors Curved sliding doors Revolving doors Radar movement detector ● ● ● ● AIR light switch ● Wireless programme ● ● ● Mechanical push buttons ● ● ● Sensor switches ● ● ● Rotary switch contact ● Windows ACTIVATION PRESENCE DETECTOR Photoelectric barriers Sensor strips ● ● ● Active infrared light curtains Laser scanner ● ● ● ● ● ● ● COMBINED DETECTORS Radar including active infrared detector ● ● PROGRAMME SWITCH Programme switch ● ● ● ● Key switch ● ● ● ● Main / safety switch ● ● ● ● SMOKE SWITCHES AND CONTROL UNITS Smoke switches and control units ● = Yes ● … 6 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Overview: activation devices and sensors Activation devices and sensors ACTIVATION OF AU TO M AT I C D R I V ES For the reliable operation of an automatic door, the choice of the appropriate activation device is of considerable importance. The product range of the GEZE activation devices offers the optimum activation device for every door situation. The GEZE activation devices control and protect all GEZE automatic solutions according to international standards. Supplied from a single source, they enable complete solutions for individual needs. AU TO MATIC S WIN G D O O R SYST E M S Automatic swing door systems from GEZE ease the opening of a door whenever manual opening is too hard or inconvenient. They are recommended in public as well as in private buildings wherever ease of access, accessibility, safety and hygiene are necessary or where energy has to be saved: in shopping centres, schools, office or industrial buildings, airports, hospitals, vestibules or private homes. … 1 10 … 4 … 5 … 9 … 1 = swing door drive | … = radar movement detector | … = plastic elbow switch … = programme switch with key switch | … = proximity switch … = elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = manual trigger switch … = LED sensor foot switch | 10 = laser scanner AU TO MATIC S LIDI N G D O O R SYST E M S Sliding doors are space-saving, elegant and modern. They are ideal as glass solutions when natural daylight is to be used and visual criteria must be met. With automatic sliding door systems from GEZE, various user scenarios can be realised within one building. In the entrance area, in vestibules or for automating interior doors, the automatic sliding doors from GEZE combine design and universal ease of access. They also meet the demands made on escape and rescue routes. … = sliding door drive | … = moving leaf | … = fixed panel | … = combined detector … = active infrared detector | … = programme switch with key switch … = plastic elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = proximity switch 10 = elbow switch | 11 = LED sensor foot switch | 12 = photoelectric barriers Overview: activation devices and sensors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS … DIN 18650 The industrial norm DIN 18650 was created to guarantee operators and users of automatic doors optimum safety. GEZE automatic doors as well as activation devices and sensors are type-tested to DIN 18650 and certified. EN 16005 The European standard EN 16005 sets out the design specifications and testing methods used to ensure the safe use of automatic doors. The new norm has created a Europe-wide safety standard for automatic doors. All automatic door systems and safety sensors from GEZE meet the EN 16005 standard and are available. AUTOMATIC R E VO LV I N G D O O R SYST E MS … The TSA 325 NT drive variant with its customer-specific diameter, as well as height and canopy height, is the focal point of modern façade design – especially in large and representative buildings. Different materials for door leaves and drum walls offer a variety of design options. The revolving door is designed to take heavy loads and is thus the ideal solution for places that have a high frequency of visitors. Thanks to its high insulating effect against weather conditions, it also saves energy and ensures a good, consistent indoor climate. … 1 … 5 1= revolving door drive (can alternatively be installed in the floor) | … = radar movement detector | … = active infrared detector | … = emergency stop push button … = programme switch with key switch (bollard on-site) AU TOMATIC C U RV E D SL I D I N G D O O R SYSTEM S … 2 Automatic curved sliding door systems are a function and design element at the same time. Even with small outer dimensions, they create enormous space for the passage. The door systems can be given a convex or concave form and can be connected to the building in several different ways. … 1 … 1 = sliding door drive | … = combined detector | … = active infrared detector … = programme switch with key switch (bollard on site) … 9 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Activation The right type of activation makes all the difference. Because it gives your automatic door maximum accessibility. Radar movement detectors, wireless activation via radio signal, and a variety of push button and switch variants are available. Discover the advantages of the individual elements. You’ll find just the activation type you desire from us, which is in keeping with international standards and guidelines – for opening and closing your automatic door safely and in an energy-efficient manner. 10 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 308 GC 308 Radar movement detector with individual adjustment option for activating automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing and revolving doors Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Individual settings for challenging environmental conditions Configuration possible via push buttons or remote control Compact dimensions, suitable for … cm profile heights Integrated motion tracking also records slow movements Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduces energy consumption in the building Door opening impulse only triggered if needed GC 308 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 308 Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Transmission frequency … GHz Operating voltage 12-24 V DC +30% /-10% / 12-24 V AC ± 10% Operating current 100 mA Output Potential-free relay output Connection type System plug-type connector Height 50 mm Width 120 mm Depth 50 mm Installation height (min.) 1800 mm Installation height (max.) 4000 mm Connector cable length 2500 mm Weight 280 g IP rating IP54 Service temperature -20 – 55 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals RED 2014/53/EU RoHS 2011/65/EU PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 50,4 119,7 48,1 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Narrow field (1): min. … x … m (B x T), max. … x … m (B x T) | Wide field (2): min. … x … m (B x T), max. … x … m (B x T) Values given measured at installation height of … 11 12 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 308 D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 308 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 308 83,5 127,4 68,5 50,3 190 161,9 … ~ 31 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Ausführung Id.Nr. black 203603 white 203604 stainless steel colour 203605 Weather hood GC 308 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 203610 Ceiling installation kit GC 308 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 203607 white 203608 Mounting bracket GC 308 For attaching the sensor to the ceiling black 203609 GC 308 R radar movement detector Radar movement detector with individual adjustment option for activating automatic doors 190 ZUBEHÖR GC 308 Retrofit Interface For simple and time-saving wiring of the sensor on pre-wired doors (1 packaging unit = 12 pieces) Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE GC 308 on Revo.PRIME revolving door (photo: GEZE GmbH) 203627 black 100061 GC 302 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS GC 302 Radar movement detector for activating automatic doors AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Interior and exterior doors P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Convenient commissioning with pre-programmed settings Configuration possible via push buttons or remote control Clearly defined radar field (narrow or wide field) with reliable detection Integrated motion tracking also records slow movements Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduce energy consumption in the building Door opening impulse only triggered if needed 13 14 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 302 TECHN ICAL DATA GC 302 Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Transmission frequency … GHz Operating voltage 12 – 36 V DC / 12 – 28 V AC Operating current approx. 50 mA at 24 V DC Output GC 302 R: Potential-free relay output, 48 V AC/DC, … A AC/1 A DC, 60 VA/30 W Output current present: no detection/no fault, output current < … V DC or no current: detection or fault Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 62 mm Width 176 mm Depth 52 mm Installation height (max.) 4000 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Weight 150 g IP rating IP54 Service temperature -20 – 60 °C Humidity 0–90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650 / EN 16005 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 52 62 47 176 D ET ECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N E X A M PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Narrow field (1): min. … x … m (W x D), max. … x … m (W x D) | Wide field (2): min. … x … m (W x D), max. … x … m (W x D) Values given measured at installation height of … m and incline of 35° GC 302 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS D IME N S ION AL D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO RI ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 302 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 302 92 … 45,20 … 57 13 13 6,60 207 *) 191 ø 24 150 92 *) 175 * = Ceiling cut-out OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 302 R radar movement detector Radar movement detector for activating automatic doors black according to RAL 124087 124088 Weather hood GC 302 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use EV1 115339 Ceiling installation kit GC 302 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling white 115384 Remote control GC 302 Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 302 red 099575 ACCESSORIES Deutsche Telekom, Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) 15 16 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 307+ GC 307+ Non-contact proximity switch for activating automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, revolving and curved sliding doors Interior and exterior doors Rooms with high hygiene demands PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Doors can be opened without a need for tactile perception External input for LED colour change Detects persons and objects in a detection area of 10 – 60 cm Scanning ranges adjustable to make environmentally and user-specific adjustments Hand-height isntallation ensures convenient, bacteria-free access Can also be installed behind tiles or glass Adjustable via DIP switches and remote control: acoustic feedback, LED colours, LED animations, pulse/toggle mode Toilet control function for locking and automatic unlocking of toilets GC 307+ – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 307+ Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Output Electric relay IP rating IP65 Type of connection Screw terminal Scanning range adjustment vie DIP switch, via remote control Installation height at hand level Transmission frequency … GHz Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Approvals RED 2014/53/EU, RoHS 2011/65/EU PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 14,1 20 … 7 80 … 80 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Detection range: 10–60 cm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Type of installation Version ID no. GC 307+ (hand icon) Proximity switch to activate automatic doors flush-mounted alpine white 193226 surface-mounted alpine white 195727 GC 307+ (WC icon) Proximity switch to activate automatic doors Suitable for Powerturn, EMD and standard sliding doors flush-mounted alpine white 195750 surface-mounted alpine white 195751 17 18 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – AIR 20-VAR AIR 20-Var Light switch for monitoring the door handle of automatic swing doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Door handle monitoring for activation of automatic swing doors Presence detector for persons or objects in small areas Occupied checks in personal and security interlocking door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Active infrared light sensor Scanning range variably adjustable from … – … m AIR 20-VAR – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA AIR 20-Var Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 12 – 30 V DC / 18 – 28 V AC Operating current approx. 50 mA Output Potential-free relay output, 48 V AC/DC, 0,5 A AC / … A DC, 55 VA / 24 W, switching type: light switching (output contact closed on detection) Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 66 mm Width 72 mm Depth 49 mm Scanning range adjustment … – … m Installation height (min.) 1200 mm Installation height (max.) 2200 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Light beam cross-section 60 x 60 mm IP rating IP52 Service temperature -20 – 60 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals CE according to EMC Directive 89/336 EEC 66 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 47 49 72 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at a scanning range of … m OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. AIR 20-Var Light switch for monitoring the door handle of automatic swing doors black 082689 19 20 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – WIRELESS PROGRAMME Wireless programme WTH-1 remote control WTH-2 remote control WTH-4 remote control Wireless activation with system – reliable, convenient and safe at the touch of a button ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N FO R T R A N SM I T TERS Transmission frequency … MHz Safe encryption of radio signals using rolling code (approx. 74 trillion code combinations) Radio range up to 30 m inside the building LED function display for battery and transmission check  Universal use for doors, windows and smoke and heat extraction systems which can be wirelessly activated individually, together or in groups within one system design ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N FO R R EC E I V E RS Simple teach-in of the transmitters via learn button with acoustic feedback  Up to 85 transmitters on the WRM receiving module can be taught-in; up to 12 transmitters can be taught-in on the WRB-5 radio reception board  DIP switches for selecting receiver mode of operation (pulse mode, pulse and permanent mode, dead man’s mode, self-adjusting mode) Tiniest housing dimensions for integrated installation within the drive or a flush-mounted box IP54 surface-mounted version for protected outdoor use … outputs for individual connection possibilities WIRELESS PROGRAMME – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 21 WTM transmitting module WRM-24 receiving module WRM-24B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRM-230 receiving module WRM-230B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRB-5 radio reception board 22 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – WIRELESS PROGRAMME TECHN ICAL DATA WTH-1 remote control WTH-2 remote control WTH-4 remote control Specifications incl. wall bracket incl. wall bracket incl. wall bracket Version … channel … channels … channels IP rating IP54 IP54 IP54 Dimensions 78 x 51 x 15 mm 78 x 51 x 15 mm 78 x 51 x 15 mm Battery 12 V, 45 mAh A235 12 V, 45 mAh A235 12 V, 45 mAh A235 Battery life cycle 30,000 operations 30,000 operations 30,000 operations WTM transmitting module WRM-24 receiving module WRM-24B receiving module in IP-54 housing Specifications incl. … connector cables … outputs, incl. protective casing relay contact 100 mA, 48 V (can be clipped in KFT elbow switch) Version … outputs, relay contact 100 mA, 48 V Flush-mounted (UP) Surface-mounted (AP) IP rating IP20 IP20 IP54 Dimensions 44 x 30 x 11 mm 52 x 47 x 23 mm 130 x 80 x 35 mm Battery … V, 150 mAh CR2032 Battery life cycle 50,000 operations 24 V, … mA in standby 24 V, … mA in standby WRM-230 receiving module WRM -230B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRB-5 radio reception board Specifications … outputs, … A, 230 V relay contact … outputs, … A, 230 V relay contact … outputs, for clipping onto the DCU control unit Version Flush-mounted (UP) Surface-mounted (AP) Circuit board (for clipping into the control unit) IP rating IP20 IP54 Dimensions 52 x 47 x 23 mm 130 x 80 x 35 mm 44 x 27 x 10 mm 230 V, … mA in standby mode … V, … mA in standby mode Current consumption Current consumption 230 V, … mA in standby mode APPL ICATION MAT R I X FO R W I R E LES S P R O G RAM M E ECdrive T2 Slimdrive Powerdrive Slimdrive EMD WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-24, WRM-24B WRB-5 Pulse and permanent WRM-24, signal WRM-24B WRM-24, WRM-24B WRB-5 E 260 control panel Window drive Operation with latching WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-230, WRM-230B Operation without latching WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-230, WRM-230B Pulse signal Powerturn ECturn WIRELESS PROGRAMME – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Remote control WTH-1 WTH-2 WTH-4 131209 131210 131211 Transmitting module WTM 131212 KFT elbow switch white, surfacemounted installation niro, surface-mounted installation 114078 114077 Backplate for KFT elbow switch white stainless steel 131219 131220 LS990 elbow switch surface-mounted installation flush-mounted installation 128582 128583 LTA24-AZ vent switch flush-mounted installation 129393 Receiving module WRM-24 WRM-230 131213 131215 Receiving module in the IP54 housing WRM-24B WRM-230B 131214 131216 Radio reception board WRB-5 135170 Installation situation (photo: Studio BE / GEZE GmbH) 23 24 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – ACTIVATION BUT TON Activation button Plastic elbow switch LS990 stainless steel elbow switch Elbow switch stainless steel IP65 Plastic rocker push button AS 500 LS990 stainless steel rocker push button Pull button Activation button for a wide range of different needs for the opening and closing of automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors ACTIVATION BUT TON – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 25 TEC HN ICAL DATA Elbow switch plastic Elbow switch LS990 stainless steel Elbow switch stainless steel Rocker push button plastic AS 500 Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. … mA - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A -1  -pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. … A -1  -pole normally open contact -S  witching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A Version surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP30 / IP67* IP30 IP65 IP20 Dimensions 90 x 180 x 23 mm 81 x 223 x 18 mm (flush-mounted) 81 x 223 x 51 mm (surface-mounted) 75 x 250 x 17 mm 80 x 80 x … mm (flush-mounted) - Wheelchair user label, ID no. 72581 - *Surface-mounted box, ID no. 120503 119898 120888 - *1-pole changeover contact IP67, ID no. 114156 - Wheelchair user label, ID no. 72581 - WTM transmitting module ACCESSORIES - Rear panel, ID no. 131219 131212 (white) ID no. 131220 (stainless steel) - WTM transmitting module 131212 ID no. 114078 (white) 114077 (stainless steel) 141042 (flush-mounted, white) 141041 (surface-mounted, white) 128583 (flush-mounted, stainless steel) 128582 (surface-mounted, stainless steel) Rocker push button LS990 stainless steel Pull button Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A -C  ontact system: … electric strike normally closed contact / … normally opened contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V DC - Switching current: max. 10 mA Version flush-mounted incl. pull line (length … m) IP rating IP20 IP65 Dimensions 81 x 81 x 11 mm 36 x 94 x 34 mm 098396 008607 ACCESSORIES ID no. 26 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – LED SENSOR SWITCHES LED sensor switches LED sensor switch LED sensor switch glass LED sensor switch 20 mm LED sensor foot switch Capacitive push buttons for opening and closing automatic doors with high hygiene demands ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic doors Can be used inside and outside Use in restaurant and catering sector for foot activation LED SENSOR SWITCHES – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 27 TEC HN ICAL DATA LED sensor switch LED sensor switch glass LED sensor foot switch Specifications - PNP/NPN normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. 400 mA - Current consumption: max. 35 mA at 24 V -P  NP/NPN normally open contact -S  witching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. 400 mA - Current consumption: max. 35 mA at 24 V - PNP normally open contact - PNP normally open contact - Switching voltage: -S  witching voltage: max. 24 V DC max. 24 V DC - Switching current: -S  witching current: max. 400 mA max. 400 mA - Current consumption: - Power consumption: max. 20 mA at 24 V max. 30 mA at 24 V Version Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Flush-mounted IP rating IP69 IP69 IP69K IP69K Dimensions Ø 100 mm Ø 100 mm 100 × 100 mm Ø … mm ACCESSORIES -F  lat mounting ring, ID no. 139009 -H  igh mounting ring, ID no. 139010 Mounting ring, ID no. 184805 Base assembly, ID no. 182941 – 137529 143412 182936 ID no. Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) LED sensor switch 20 mm 143273 28 29 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Protection Play it safe – with our presence detectors. Our GEZE product range has a wide range of sensors for protection available, so that incoming and outgoing people can pass through your automatic door without danger. Thanks to infrared technology, the sensors perceive obstructions – be they people or objects – moving closer towards the door. If the door is opening, the movement is stopped immediately. If it is closing, the sensors arrange for the door to open again via the drive. This means that the greatest protection possible is available. 30 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342 GC 342 VIDEO Laser scanner for the protection of automatic doors and windows with integrated object and wall blanking ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic swing and revolving doors Interior and exterior doors Use on doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Use on doors with continuous vertical pull handle Protection of the main and secondary closing edges on automated windows PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Compact and space-saving safety sensor Narrow detection area secures door leaf widths up to max. 1600 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Protection area on the main closing edge is automatically expanded depending on the door angle Automatized teaching of the system with the push of a button Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 342 Technology Laser scanner, light travel time measurement Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 15% Output Transistor output, max. 42 V DC, max. 100 mA Height 86 mm Width 143 mm Depth 40 mm Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3870 mm Length connector cable 2500 mm Response time Door leaf protection: < 50 ms / finger protection range: < 90 ms IP rating IP54 Service temperature -30 – 60 °C Humidity 0–95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 97 … D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE Protection range: … m at an installation height of … m, … m at an installation height of … m | Depending on the building and door situation, a finger protection shutter may be necessary if people in need of protection are to use the automatic door safely, and in conformity with standards! 31 32 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 342 Kit comprising two sensors for protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167439 167438 167440 GC 342 (left module) comprising one sensor for protecting the swivelling range (DIN left) of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167433 167432 167434 GC 342 (right module) comprising one sensor for protecting the swivelling range (DIN right) of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167436 167435 167437 ACCESSORIES GC 342 fire protection kit Enables a smaller drill hole diameter for the master/slave connecting cable For fire protection doors, you need to check with the door constructor if the door can be drilled through, for testing certification reasons. 189384 GC 342 retrofit interface For wiring the GC 342 to prefabricated doors 189422 experimenta Science Centre, Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) GC 342+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 33 GC 342+ VIDEO Laser scanner for the protection of automatic doors and windows with integrated object and wall blanking A R E AS O F A P P L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic swing doors, especially for the secondary closing edge Interior and exterior doors Use on doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Use on doors with continuous vertical pull handle P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Compact and space-saving safety sensor Narrow detection area secures door leaf widths up to max. 1600 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Protection area on the main closing edge is automatically expanded depending on the door angle Automatized teaching of the system with the push of a button Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows Four laser curtains secure a large area, and prevent the door from closing if there is anybody within the door frame, wenn sich jemand unter der Türzarge befindet Laser curtains can be used for non-contact door control via an output signal 34 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342+ TECHN ICAL DATA GC 342+ Dimensions 145 x 88 x 68 mm Technology Laser scanner, light travel time measurement Number of protection curtains … pc. Output … potential-free relay contacts IP rating IP44 Connector cable length 2500 mm Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3870 mm Response time typical < 120 ms / max. 220 ms (curtain 2) Service temperature -25 °C 60 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005 DIN 18650 BACnet ability No Humidity Humidity Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 … PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G … ERFAS S U N GS B E R E I CH U N D A N W E N D U N G SBEI SPI EL Protection range: … m at … m installation height, … m at … m installation height GC 342+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS OR D E R IN FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 342+ (left module) Laser scanner with four laser curtains for optimum protection of the hazardous areas - in- white RAL 9016 black cluding the secondary closing edge - of automatic swing doors; stainless steel colour additional output for non-contact activation consisting of a sensor module, cable, and accessories 198671 198669 198693 GC 342+ (right module) Laser scanner with four laser curtains for optimum protection of the hazardous areas - in- white RAL 9016 black cluding the secondary closing edge - of automatic swing doors; stainless steel colour additional output for non-contact activation consisting of a sensor module, cable, and accessories 198692 198670 198694 ACCESSORIES GC 342+ retrofit interface For simple and time-saving retrofitting of the sensor on pre-wired door systems 199498 GC 342+ fire protection adapter Including door connection cable BS/BGS. Reduces the necessary borehole diameter from 10 mm to … mm 210921 35 36 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 338 GC 338 Sensor strip for the protection of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 Interior and exterior doors Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Narrow door profiles PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Energy and space-saving sensor strip for protection Standby mode provides up to 50 % energy savings and increases the life span of the light emitting diodes Close-knit detection area secures leaf widths of up to max. 1500 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Automatised teaching of the system with the push of a button All settings can be conveniently made by DIP switch Click installation in the sensor cut-out profile reduces installation work GC 338 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 37 TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 338 Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 20% Operating current max. 200 mA (1200 series strip), max. 320 mA (1500 series strip) at 30 V DC Output PNP transistor output, max. 30 V DC, max. 100 mA Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Response time < 52 ms and < 200 ms in boost mode IP rating IP52 Service temperature -30 – 60 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 36 40 43 38 Leonberg town hall, Leonberg, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 38 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 338 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 338 pair of sensor strips L= 1200 mm comprising two complete sensor strips for protection of the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 according to RAL 142219 142825 GC 338 pair of sensor strips L= 1500 mm comprising two complete sensor strips for protection of the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 according to RAL 142757 142827 Adaptor for sensor link arm For Powerturn and EMD / EMD-F EV1 according to RAL 144352 153126 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, installation on the hinge side, lever length 330 mm EV1 according to RAL 157450 157451 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, installation on the hinge side, lever length 330 mm EV1 according to RAL 157472 157473 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, opposite hinge side installation, lever length 450 mm EV1 according to RAL 157474 157475 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, opposite hinge side installation, lever length 450 mm EV1 according to RAL 157476 157477 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN left, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149952 149956 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN right, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149958 149962 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm for EMD/EMD-F, with lower guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 146205 146209 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN left, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149953 149957 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN right, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149959 149963 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm for EMD/EMD-F, with lower guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 146206 146210 ACCESSORIES GC 335 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS GC 335 Sensor strip for the protection of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 Interior and exterior doors Doors along escape and rescue routes Normal flooring P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Sensor strip with high safety standard to protect main and secondary closing edges Detection area secures leaf widths of up to max. 1400 mm Inclination angle and scanning range can be adjusted mechanically 39 40 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 335 TECHN ICAL DATA GC 335 Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 24 V DC Operating current 75 mA (master module), 65 mA (slave module) at 24 V DC Output Potential-free relay output, 30 V AC/DC, … A AC/ … A DC Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 42 mm Depth 37 cm Dimensions Sensor strip: 310/900/1400 (can be cut to size) x 42 x 37 mm (W x H x D) Sensor module: 179 x 23 x 33 mm (W x H x D) Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 2500 mm Length connector cable 1000 mm Response time < 70 ms IP rating IP52 Service temperature -10 – 50 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PRO D U K TMAS S ZE I CH N U N G 36 40 43 38 D ET ECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N E X A M PLE … x … m per sensor module | Values given measured at installation height of … m GC 335 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 41 N UM BE R O F MO D U LES ( M AST E R + SLAV E ) P ER S EN S OR STRIP Door leaf width Installation height … m … m 1+2 … m … m 1+3 … m … m … m 1+4 … m 1+5 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 335 sensor strip L = 310 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 129856 according to RAL 129859 GC 335 sensor strip L = 900 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 128054 according to RAL 128057 GC 335 sensor strip L = 1400 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 128058 according to RAL 128071 ACCESSORIES Adaptor for sensor link arm For Powerturn and EMD / EMD-F EV1 144352 according to RAL 153126 GC 335 expansion kit With one slave module, connecting cable and clip bearing 128072 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Door transmission cable for GC 335 8-wire 057182 Door transmission cable for sensor Length 300 mm 025901 42 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 341 GC 341 VIDEO Safety sensor for automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic sliding doors Automatic sliding doors without protective leaves to protect secondary closing edges Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Four adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Convenient commissioning via DIP switch GC 341 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 341 Dimensions 267 x 61 x 38 mm Technology Active infrared beams Operating current 100 mA IP rating IP54 Type of connection System plug-type connector Connector cable length 3000 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Humidity < 80 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 Weight 245 g IP rating IP54 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 61 38 267 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … × … m |Values given measured at an installation height of … m 43 44 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 341 … ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 365 / GC 341 max. … 308 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 365 / GC 341 264 125 … 36 … 25 … 30 GC 341 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 365 / GC 341 69 71 325 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 341 Self-monitored active infrared detector for protecting automatic doors black 160285 Ceiling installation bracket GC 365 / GC 341 black 160286 Weather hood for GC 365 / GC 341 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 160287 Ceiling installation kit GC 365 / GC 341 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 160288 ACCESSORIES Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Retrofit adapter GC 365/341 (10->10 poles) From GC 362/GC 363 to GC 365 or from GC 333/GC 339 to GC 341 204529 Retrofit adapter GC 341 (6->10 poles) For GC 341 (1 PU = 20 pieces) 204531 45 46 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 339+ GC 339+ Safety sensor for automatic sliding, revolving, and curved sliding doors, as well as for windows ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic sliding, revolving and curved sliding doors, as well as of windows Automatic sliding doors without protective leaves to protect the secondary closing edge Interior and exterior doors Protection of the main and secondary closing edges on automated windows PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Ten adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Convenient commissioning via matrix display Auxiliary LEDs aid in optimal positioning of the interior light curtain in front of the door leaves during commissioning Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows All settings can be changed via remote control GC 339+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 339+ Technology Active infrared beams Number of active infrared detectors … Operating voltage 12-24 V DC/AC Operating current 125 mA Output Potential-free relay contact Connection type System plug-type connector Height 58 mm Width 209 mm Depth 47 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Connector cablel ength 2600 mm IP rating IP54 Weight 300 g Service temperature -25 – 55 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 20 58 ( 38 ) … D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at an installation height of … m 47 48 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 339+ 10 AD JU STA B LE L I G H T CU RTA I N C O N F I G URATI O N S W I THO UT ADDI TI O N AL LI G HT PR I SM S D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES 83 360 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 339+ 65 15 55 209 73 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 339+ 309 21 46 30 max CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 339 GC 339+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 10 CURVED ADAPTOR FOR GC 339+ 20 58 209 187 O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 339+ Self-monitored light curtain for protecting automatic doors, suitable for GEZE GC 363 black according to RAL 151251 151252 Ceiling installation bracket GC 339+ black 153568 Ceiling installation kit GC 363 / GC 339+ Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling white black 151254 151253 Ceiling installation kit GC 339, short Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 200682 ACCESSORIES Curved adaptor for GC 339+ 151540 Weather hood for GC 363, GC 339 + Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 158250 Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE black 100061 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 49 50 51 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Combined detectors It is certain that automatic sliding doors must open early, as soon as people want to access the door. At the same time, the sliding door must not touch people while it is opening and closing. Our GEZE combined detectors will help to ensure that this happens: radar movement detectors with active infrared detectors. They can be individually attached with little installation work and operated by remote control. Learn about the right model for you – whether it is for single or double-leaf sliding doors or for escape and rescue routes as well. 52 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 365 GC 365 Combined detector for activation and protection of automatic sliding doors with four adjustable light curtain configurations ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic sliding doors Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Radar movement detector with active infrared detector and third presence detection Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Four adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Fewer sensors are needed in total due to the large detection area on the floor Look back function secures the area between the door leaves during the hold-open time Installation and parameter setting information provided directly in the sensor housing All settings can be conveniently made by DIP switch VIDEO GC 365 – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 53 TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 365 Dimensions 267 x 61 x 38 mm Technology Electromagnetic radar waves/active infrared beams Operating current 100 mA IP rating IP54 Type of connection System plug-type connector Connector cable length 3000 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Weight 270 g Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Humidity 0-80 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 IP rating IP54 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 61 38 267 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Radar field Narrow field (1): … x … m (W x D), wide field (2): … x … m (W x D) | Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m | Values given measured at installation height of … m 54 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 365 … ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 365 / GC 341 max. … 308 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 365 / GC 341 264 125 … 36 … 25 … 30 GC 365 – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 365 / GC 341 69 71 325 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Combined detector GC 365 R Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black 160283 Combined detector GC 365 SF Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black 160284 Ceiling installation bracket GC 365 / GC 341 black 160286 Weather hood for GC 365 / GC 341 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 160287 Ceiling installation kit GC 365 / GC 341 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 160288 ACCESSORIES Spot finder, device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Retrofit adapter GC 365/341 (10->10 poles) From GC 362/GC 363 to GC 365 or from GC 333/GC 339 to GC 341 204529 Retrofit adapter GC 365 (8->10 poles) For GC 365 (1 PU = 20 pieces) 204530 Bannockburn Visitor Centre, Stirling, United Kingdom (photo: Ian Arthur / GEZE GmbH) 55 56 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 363+ GC 363+ Combined detector for activating and protecting automatic sliding doors with ten different infrared light curtain configuration settings ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic sliding doors Interior and exterior doors Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Wall, ceiling, or integrated ceiling installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Radar movement detector with active infrared detector Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Ten adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Reduced installation work needed due to the combination of activation and protection in a single device Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduces energy consumption in the building All settings can be changed via remote control Auxiliary LEDs aid in optimal positioning of the active infrared detector in front of the door leaves during commissioning GC 363+ – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 363+ Technology Electromagnetic radar waves/active infrared beams Number of active infrared detectors … Operating voltage 12 – 24 V DC/AC Operating current 125 mA Output Potential-free relay contact Type of connection System plug-type connector Height 58 mm Width 270 mm Depth 58 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Weight 400 g Length of connector cable 2600 mm IP rating IP54 Service temperature -25 – 55 °C Humidity … – 95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 26 58 (32) 269 56 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Radar field Narrow field (1): … x … m (W x D), wide field (2): … x … m (W x D) | Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at an installation height of … m 57 58 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 363+ 10 ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES 46 30 max CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 363 21 83 360 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 363 15 65 192 270 65 73 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 363 309 GC 363+ – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 12 CURVED ADAPTOR FOR GC 363 25 58 269 242 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 363 R combined detector Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black according to RAL 151237 151238 GC 363 SF combined detector Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black according to RAL 151239 151240 Ceiling installation bracket GC 363 black 151256 Ceiling installation kit GC 363 / GC 339 Installation kit for integrating the detector into the ceiling white black 151254 151253 ACCESSORIES Curved adaptor for GC 363 151255 Weather hood for GC 363, GC 339 Protection from rainfall in exterior area black 158250 Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE black 100061 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Interface GC 363 S Interface for the series connection of a maximum of two GC 363+ SF or GC 363 SF combined detectors for the variants FR-RWS, FR-LL and FR-DUO 151361 Smart Daisy Chain Hub Hub for series connection of up to three sliding door sensors. Only compatible with GC 363+ and GC 339+ sensors 203860 Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) 59 60 61 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Programme switches and key switches If you only want authorised people to be able to operate or control your doors, then lock your doors or clear them with the help of our programme switches. This is especially important for escape and rescue routes, as programme switches are prescribed here for every door system. Choose between mechanical lockable programme switches or display and keypad programme switches which can be combined with a key switch or protected with a code. You will be on the safe side in any event. 62 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – PROGRAMME SWITCHES Programme switches Display programme switch (DPS) with OFF switch Display programme switch with key switch (DPS-SCT) and OFF switch Keypad programme switch (TPS) Keypad programme switch with key switch (TPS-SCT) Mechanical programme switch (MPS) Mechanical programme switch with key (MPS-ST) Mechanical programme switch with rotary knob (MPS-D) Mechanical programme switch with key (MPSD-ST) Programme switches for selection of the operating status of automatic doors 63 PROGRAMME SWITCHES – Programme switches and key switches | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N For surface- and flush-mounted installation  Compatible with: Jung AS 500, A plus, Gira: Standard 55, E2, Esprit, Event, stainless steel (with Gira 028920 intermediate frame), Merten: M-Smart, M-Plan, Berker: B.1, B.7 TEC HN ICAL DATA DPS DPS-SCT TPS TPS-SCT MPS MPS-ST ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL Powerdrive ● ● ● ● ● ● ECdrive T2-FR Slimdrive SL-FR Powerdrive FR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ECturn Slimdrive EMD / -F ● ● Powerturn ● ● TSA 325 NT ●** MPS-D MPS-D-ST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Key Rotary knob Key Selection of operating status Selection of operating status with simultaneously locking key ●** Push buttons Push buttons Rotary knob Push buttons + key + key operation Push buttons Functionality Parameter setting, Parameter Selection commissetting, Selection of operating Selection commission- sioning and of operating status of operating selection ing status with authoristatus and selection of operating sation status of operating with authoristatus sation Selection of operating status with simultaneously locking key Fault display using numerical code using numerical code via LED blink code via LED blink code Version flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* IP rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Dimensions (WxHxD) ACCESSORIES ID no. via LED via LED warning light warning light 80 x 80 x 11 80 x 152 x 11 80 x 80 x 11 80 x 152 x 11 80 x 80 x 22 80 x 80 x 18 80 x 80 x 22 80 x 80 x 18 mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) 80 x 80 x 47 85 x 156 x 47 80 x 80 x 47 85 x 156 x 47 80 x 80 x 58 80 x 80 x 54 80 x 80 x 58 80 x 80 x 54 mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) Euro profiloe half cylinder ID no. 090176 151524 155810 113231 Euro profiloe half cylinderr ID no. 090176 113232 Replacement key ID no. 137054 113226 113227 Replacement key ID no. 137055 118417 118418 * For surface-mounted installation order surface-mounted box 120503 (1-piece) or 128609 for SCT versions (2-piece) separately. ** Special version for revolving doors with ‘Manual’ mode of operation: TPS-KDT (ID no.: 126582) 64 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – KEY SWITCHES Key switches Burglary-resistant key switch (flush-mounted) Burglary-resistant key switch (surface-mounted) Key switch plastic AS 500 Key switch stainless steel (1) Key switch stainless steel (2) Key switch stainless steel (3) Key switches for authorised opening of automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Can be used for inside and outside areas as contact authorisation KEY SWITCHES – Programme switches and key switches | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 65 TEC HN ICAL DATA Burglary-resistant key switch AS 500 plastic key switch Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 240 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side Version Flush-mounted (not for standard flush-mounted box) /surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP54 IP20 Dimensions 75 x 75 x 11 mm (flush-mounted) 75 x 75 x 50 mm (surface-mounted) 80 x 80 x 11 mm ACCESSORIES ID no. - *Surface-mounted box, ID no. 120503 - Switch contact, ID no. 024467 - Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 054240 (flush-mounted) 054532 (surface-mounted) 117996 Stainless steel key switch (1) Stainless steel key switch (2) Stainless steel key switch (3) Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side • 2-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Latching, two sides (key removable in Position I) • 2-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A -L  atching or spring return, two sides (key removable in Position I) Version Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Surface-mounted IP rating IP54 IP54 IP54 Dimensions 79 x 79 x 13 mm 79 x 79 x 13 mm 75 x 74 x 66 mm ACCESSORIES Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 ID no. 098870 111357 137056 66 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – SAFETY SWITCHES AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUT TONS Safety switches and emrgency push buttons Manual trigger switch Emergency stop switch with glass pane Emergency push button 220 flush-mounted Emergency push button 220 surface-mounted Manual trigger switch with glass pane Safety switches and emergency push buttons for deactivating the mains voltage and enabling emergency opening of automatic doors GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – SAFETY SWITCHES AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUT TONS 67 A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Use in emergencies for switching off the mains voltage Use in emergencies for opening automatic doors Use during maintenance work for switching off the mains voltage Use for hold-open systems for manual release of hold-open device TEC HN ICAL DATA Manual trigger switch Emergency stop switch with glass pane Manual trigger switch with glass pane Specifications - 1-pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: approx. 10 A - incl. resistance - 1-pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A - with glow lamp - 1-pole changeover contact -S  witching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: approx. 10 A - incl. resistance Version flush-/surface-mounted* flush-/surface-mounted* flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP40 IP20 IP20 Dimensions 80 x 80 x … mm 80 x 80 x 21 mm 80 x 80 x 21 mm - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Replacement glass panel, ID no.: 010994 - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Replacement glass panel, ID no.: 010994 ACCESSORIES ID no. 116266 120881 Emergency push button 220 UP Emergency push button 220 AP Specifications - Contact system … electric strike / … door closer -S  witching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A - Lighting: 24 V DC at 15 mA - Contact system … electric strike / … door closer - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A - Lighting: 24 V DC at 15 mA Version Flush-mounted Surface-mounted IP rating IP40 IP65 Dimensions 80 x 80 x 49 mm 94 x 94 x 122 mm ACCESSORIES 2. Normally closed contact ID no.: 210207 2. Normally closed contact ID no.: 210207 ID no. 210204 210203 Panorama Restaurant at the peak of the Zugspitze, Garmisch Partenkirchen, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) 120880 68 69 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Smoke switches and control units You need to ensure maximum safety in the event of a fire – smoke switch control units on automatic doors are vital here. If smoke or a fire develops, the smoke switch control unit will react early and reliably: the automatic door will close immediately. This is done by cutting the power which the smoke switch control unit normally supplies to the hold-open devices in the door. Practical: You can check the status of the integrated smoke switch at any time via the visual display. 70 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Smoke switches and control units – RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Voltage supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control unit status Additional smoke switches can be connected RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT – Smoke switches and control units | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 1 = M5 threaded hole | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = M5 threaded hole OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices Version ID no. silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 simulated stainless 184196 steel¹ according to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set comprising: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors 195524 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, general building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conforms with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, general building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conforms with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch range Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch 1) Only for dry rooms | 2) Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white 120880 010994 … 71 72 73 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Accessories If you want to protect your automatic doors even more and protect them from potential damage, you can find further products which increase safety in our accessories range. For example, you can install a floor lock with a Euro profile cylinder, which you can lock with a key as and when needed. Our you might opt for one of our number codelocks, which have a particularly durable structure with cast casing and a metal keypad, protecting it from damage. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you have any questions about our products or installation and retrofitting. 74 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Accessories Accessories Rotary switch contact Euro profile cylinder for key switch Euro profile cylinder for floor locks Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTI Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Accessories for special demands for the operation and safety of automatic doors Accessories | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 75 A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Use as contact sensor when door handle is pressed Use for floor locking of sliding doors Use as access control for interior and exterior applications TEC HN ICAL DATA Euro profile cylinder for key switch Rotary switch contact Euro profile cylinder for floor locks Specifications - Euro  profile cylinder for 40 mm - Euro profile cylinder for 46 mm floor locks - Normally open contact (9/37) one-sided locking, for ISO and tough- Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC key switch (10/30), one-sided ened safety glass door fittings, with … keys, locking, with … keys - Switching current: max. 35 mA ID no. 019053 - … m connector cable - Euro profile cylinder for 66 mm floor locks 31/35) two-sided locking, for toughened safety glass door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 091052 - Euro profile cylinder for 71 mm floor locks (31/40) two-sided locking, for ISO door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 023356 - Euro profile cylinder for 71 mm floor locks (31/40) two-sided locking, packed in pairs, for ISO door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 074862 Dimensions 23 x 39 x … mm ID no. 081024 Toplock CT I Toplock CT I B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Operating voltage 12 – 24 V DC / 12 V AC 12 – 24 V DC / 12 V AC 230V AC 230V AC Output potential-free normally open contact 24 V DC 1A potential-free normally open contact 24 V DC 1A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A IP rating IP65 IP65 IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) Dimensions 80 x 80 x 15 mm 60 x 126 x 2.,5 mm 80 x 80 x 15 mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm 60 x 126 x … mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm ID no. 090061 090063 090077 090079 76 77 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY References Discover the pioneering buildings which we were able to equip with GEZE activation devices and sensors. We offer the ideal solution for each door situation and this has gained us customers from all over the world: be it automatic drives for swing doors, sliding doors, revolving doors or curved sliding doors – when automatic door systems are involved, activation devices and sensors from GEZE are always the first choice. We offer tested and certified complete solutions for individual needs. 78 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | References Vitra Haus, Weil am Rhein, Germany (photo: Oliver Look / GEZE GmbH) experimenta Science Centre, Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) References | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS Gelderlandplein, Amsterdam, Netherlands (photo: Erwin Kamphuis / GEZE GmbH) Modern Art, Oxford, Great Britain (photo: GEZE GmbH) 79 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with series products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_10 ID no. 142655 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 5 MB)
Product brochure Apoll roller sliding fitting system
Product brochure

Product brochure Apoll roller sliding fitting system

G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FIT TING SYSTEM FOR SLIDING DOORS, END-FOLDING AND CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS B E W E G UN G M I T S YS T EM Photo on page 2: Siegelwerk GmbH Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM CONTENTS GEZE Apoll – The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll for sliding doors Apoll for folding doors Apoll für centre-folding doors Apoll accessories for end-folding and centre-folding sliding doors Product information for sliding fitting systems … 5 20 27 33 39 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE APOLL The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll, the largest roller sliding fitting from GEZE, can be used to implement all heavy sliding door systems, such as, car park sliding gates. Apoll has already proved itself to be successful in conveyor and moving systems and as mounting aids in trade and industry. The sendzimir galvanisation of the steel running rail and the other parts ensure high protection from corrosion. Product features For door leaves elements with up to 600 kg Suitable for all sliding doors and door materials Wall and floor installation Durable solutions with single and double roller carriages No contamination due to the closed runner Prismatic running rail ensure optimal operation Hardened steel rollers, ball bearing mounted Ball bearing mounted plastic rollers for particularly quiet operation Movable hanger available in three strengths Individual radii for running rails available on request. Designs: Single or double roller carriage with steel or plastic rollers j j j j j j j j j j j Standard version/Scope of delivery: Steel, sendzimir galvanised running rails All other parts galvanised j j … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Size 0,1,2 Product features Enclosed tubular track Prismatic troughs Tempered rollers with ball bearings Movable hangers … sizes j j j j j Range of applications For all sliding doors For all door materials For wall and ceiling installation For conveying and shifting systems As mounting aids for trade and industrial applications For heavy loads, see table j j j j j j Load-bearing capacity of track with 700 mm bracket spacing: Size … 150 kg/m Size … 350 kg/m Size … 600 kg/m Size … Size … Size … Fig. 05-1 GEZE Apoll Number of rollers Material of rollers Permissible door weight of sliding doors Roller load of conveyors *) Size … single steel 75 kg 50 kg Size … Size … d single plastic 50 kg 25 kg double steel 150 kg 100 kg double plastic 100 kg 50 kg single steel 175 kg 100 kg single plastic 100 kg 50 kg double steel 350 kg 200 kg double plastic 200 kg 100 kg single steel 300 kg 200 kg single s s s double steel 600 kg 300 kg double s s s = yes, s = no *) central suspended load Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors Application methods When installing a sliding door, it is essential that stability and static and dynamic equilibrium are assured. The height-to-width ratio, and the resulting different hanging points and fittings, such as door plates or edge-fixing hangers, is therefore decisive. At a width-to-height ratio greater than 1, it is recommended to move the hanging point … x W towards the middle of the door (picture 1). At a width-to-height ratio less than 1, it is best to select edge-fixing hangers, -41, especially for very narrow doors (picture 2). With 2-leaf or multi-leaf door units, edge-fixing hangers, -42, which prevent the rollers from colliding, should be used (picture 3). The end stop -3 (picture 5) is not intended for door stopping, but only as a mounting aid and safety device when installing the sliding door. When the door is in service a wall-fixed door stop, -66, must be positioned at the centre of gravity of the door to stop it. Two wall-fixed stops, -66, are also possible (picture 4). Door stops centered or at … points. The flat-plate guide roller, -50, can be used for all door guides, irrespective of which overhead hanger is selected. However, an edge-fixing guide roller, -51, -52, will be stronger (picture 6). With straight-in opening sliding doors the position of the floor guides is independent of the fixing point of the overhead hangers. … ca. alle 70 cm … 2 … 5 … Schwerpunkt Fig. 06-2 Note: The fittings are identified by numbers. The numbering is based on the following system: The number before the dash indicates the fitting size, the number after the dash the part number. That is to say, the number after the dash is the specific part identifier. The number before the dash changes according to the fitting size. Examples: 1-10 = GEZE Apoll size 1, Wall installation bracket No. 10 2-10 = GEZE Apoll size 2, Wall installation bracket No. 20 0-55 = GEZE Apoll size 0, Curved floor channel No. 55 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and ceiling installation with bracket, door with door plate 0-10 1-10 2-10 … 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-31 1-31 2-31 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-50 1-50 2-50 1-54 2-54 1-54 2-54 Fig. 07-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 v 20 20 30 w 35 45 53 d = wall installation d = ceiling installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing … 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-3 1-3 2-3 0-43 1-43 2-43 1-66 2-66 Size … Size … a1 d 45 52,5 a1 d 45 26,5 a2 20,5 135 a3 50 91 a6 15 13 b 22-37 c1 max. 14 42 d2 11 116-139 e 32 53 f1 22,5 18 gd 152-190 38 gd 152-190 55,5 h1 d 62-78 ø 24 h1 d 62-78 65 k1 ø 22 65 l3 60 114 m1 M 10 M 12 u1 80 30 u2 80 … 0-3 1-3 2-3 30-46 … 6 Fig. 07-2 180 20 w1 35 45 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options Side and ceiling installation for double console on soft mounting surfaces bolt in steel plate 0-22 1-22 0-22 1-22 Size … Size … a2 20,5 26,5 c max. 69 max. 85 f 22,5 32 g2 92-115 120-143,5 g3 d 55 67,5 g3 d 54,5 74,5 h2 41,5 53 h5 … 24 d = wall installation 0-14 1-14 d = ceiling installation 0-14 1-14 Fig. 08-1 Join bracket l2 Size … Size … Size … 90 130 180 0-12 1-12 2-12 Fig. 08-2 Welding bracket l 0-13 1-13 Fig. 08-3 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … 45 65 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and soffit fixing with bracket, door with edge-fixing hanger … 0-42 1-42 0-31 1-31 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-52 1-52 1-54 2-54 Fig. 09-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n 60 90 s p 22 30 s t … 6 s u 110 180 s v 20 20 30 w 35 45 s d = yes, s = no d = wall installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing hanger d = ceiling installation Size … Size … Size … a1 d 45 64 90 a1 d 45 49 80 … 2 0-20 1-20 0-20 1-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-51 1-51 Fig. 09-2 0-41 1-41 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-14 1-14 2-14 a2 20,5 26,5 35 a3 50 65 85 a6 15 24 40 c 14 20 30 c1 14 20 30 d2 11 13 17 e 32 42 56 f1 22,5 25 40 gd 146-186 180-231 248-306 gd 146-186 195-246 258-316 h1 d 62-78 69-97 105-135 h1 d 62-78 84-112 115-145 k1 ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n1 18 20 30 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Tracks Track Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-1 1-1 2-1 b 33 43 57 h 39 51 67 s … 2,5 3,5 W, cm 2,30 4,63 10,62 e cm 2,16 2,85 3,73 kg/m 1,9 2,02 5,72 … Fig. 10-1 Load capacity per m with 700 mm bracket spacing: 150 kg 350 kg 600 kg 025769 018015 018014 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-2 1-2 2-2 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 s … 2,5 3,5 kg (weight) 2,85 4,53 12,4 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054771 054773 ID No. (6m) Track curve Fig. 10-2 10 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 054769 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Brackets Wall installation bracket Fig. 11-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-10 1-10 2-10 b 41 52,5 70 h 80 100,5 135 l 45 65 95 s … 2,5 3,5 n 15 18 24,5 m 20 23 29,5 o 10 13 19,5 k 25 40 60 d … 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 020701 012686 011554 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-11 1-11 2-11 b 100 135 170 h 50,5 66 86,5 l 45 65 85 o 45 60 90 s 3,5 … 6 n 70 91 114 m s 10 10 k 25 40 60 d ø9 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 023296 012691 012119 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-12 1-12 2-12 b 41 53,5 70 h 47 60,5 80,5 l 90 130 180 s 3,5 … 6 kg (weight) 0,4 0,9 2,1 ID No. 024004 012694 012306 Ceiling installation bracket Fig. 11-2 d = yes, s = no Joint bracket Fig. 11-3 Manual sliding door systems 11 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding – Brackets Welding bracket Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 b 41 52,5 h 47 60,5 l 45 65 s 3,5 … kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 024093 021697 Fig. 12-1 Bracket for vertical/lateral adjustment Fig. 12-2 12 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 2-13 b 41 52,5 70 h 50,5 64,5 86 l 45 65 85 s 3,5 … 6 d M 10 M 12 M 16 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 … ID No. 024126 013097 007197 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Consoles for vertical and lateral adjustment with bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment: 0-14, 1-14, 2-14 Single consoles for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation ceiling installation Fig. 13-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-20 1-20 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 h3 48,5 54,5 h4 48,5 68,5 a 45 50 b 55 70 l 45 64 n 11 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 14 20 kg (weight) 0,3 0,5 ID No. 024325 013772 Double console for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation Fig. 13-2 ceiling installation Size … Size … Des. 0-21 1-21 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 a 45 50 b 110 138 l 45 64 n 15 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 69 85 kg (weight) 0,4 0,8 ID No. 024402 013997 Manual sliding door systems 13 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers Single roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-30 1-30 2-30 Des. f 0-36 0-36 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 1,4 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg Load f max. 25 kg max. 50 kg s ID No. 016268 012468 008426 ID No. f 054045 054050 s f = plastic Size … d = yes, s = no Double roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-2 Size … Size … Des. 0-31 1-31 2-31 Des. f 0-37 0-37 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,5 1,2 2,7 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg Load f max. 50 kg max. 100 kg s ID No. 017274 012651 009484 ID No. f 054046 054051 s f = plastic 14 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … d = yes, s = no Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers with pivot bearing Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-2 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 83-101 126-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050997 049950 049962 Manual sliding door systems 15 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 … 1 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 … Fig. 16-1 Double-sided hanger … Size … Des. 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 a 60 80 80 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 … Fig. 16-2 Edge-fixing hanger Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm … 16 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 Size … Size … 4 Fig. 16-2 Size … Des. 0-42 1-42 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Floor guide rollers and floor channel Flat-plate guide rollers Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 … 1 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 22 Des. Fig. 17-1 Floor channel … Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm 0-54 2-54 20 30 h 20 30 s 1,5 2,5 kg/m (weight) 0,5 1,95 ID No. 051649 051654 Size … Size … 0-51 1-41 Des. Flor guide roller Size … b … Fig. 17-2 Size … l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012670 Size … Size … 0-52 1-52 … 4 Des. l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 021672 Fig. 17-2 Manual sliding door systems 17 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Curved floor channel and accessories Curved floor channel Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-55 1-55 2-55 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 kg (weight) 0,90 0,99 4,2 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054770 054772 054774 Fig. 18-1 End stop Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-3 1-3 2-3 b 30 35 50 l 46 61 88 h 28,5 39 51 s … 6 … n … 9,5 12 d ø 14 ø 18 ø 30 kg (weight) 0,1 0,3 0,8 ID No. 024689 014440 007371 Fig. 18-2 Wall-fixed door stop Fig. 18-3 18 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 1-66 2-66 l 58 87 b 26 36 h 47 62 d ø 24 ø 30 n 10,5 12 e … 6 kg (weight) 0,15 0,36 ID No. 000339 000342 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR SLIDING DOORS Description Track, galvanized steel Track curve, galvanized steel Curve 900 bearing length … m cut to size radius 0700 mm radius 0800 mm radius 1000 mm End stop Brackets and consoles Wall installation bracket Ceiling installation bracket Joint bracket Welding bracket Bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment Single console for vertical and lateral adjustment Double console for vertical and lateral adjustment Rollers Single roller, steel Single roller, plastic Double roller, steel Double roller, plastic Single roller with pivot bearing *) Single roller with pivot bearing *) Pivot bearing Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing hanger pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm for door thickness 22-37 mm Double-sided hanger for door thickness 30-46 mm for door thickness 44-60 mm Guide rollers Flat-plate guide roller pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm bearing length … m Floor channel, galvanized cut to size radius 0700 mm, blank Curved floor channel radius 0800 mm, blank Curve 900 radius 1000 mm Accessories Wall-fixed door stop d *) Fitting No. -1 -1 0-2 1-2 2-2 -3 ID No. Size … 025769 051506 054769 ID No. Size … 018015 051473 ID No. Size … 018014 051472 s s s 054771 s 054773 007371 s s 024689 014440 020701 023286 024004 024093 024126 024325 024402 012686 012691 012694 012697 013097 013772 013997 011554 012119 012306 016268 054045 017274 054046 050996 050997 050998 012468 054050 012651 054051 051021 049950 049951 008426 -40 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 018431 018801 019019 012658 010890 s s s s s s -50 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 -54 -54 0-55 1-55 2-55 -66 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -20 -21 -21 -30 -36 -31 -37 -32 -33 -34 s 007197 s s s 009484 s 049961 049962 049963 s 012661 012663 019138 s s s 012947 012946 s 019884 020404 020522 012665 011139 s s s s s 012670 012672 051649 051650 s s s 051649 051650 054770 s s s 051654 051655 s s s 054772 s s s 054774 000339 000339 000342 = yes, s = no For sliding doors with curved track the rollers with pivot bearings should be used. Manual sliding door systems 19 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 The leaves fold out only in one direction. Because of the eccentric load when the door is folded, a bottom guide roller is essential. There are three common fitting options: Butt surface-mounted Butt flush-mounted Rebate-mounted. j j j The roller forms the pivot point on the front face of every second leaf. A full-height swing leaf is only possible with an odd number of leaves. The most usual form of track mountingis by wall or ceiling installation brackets. Flush bolts should be fitted to the fold-out side. The floor guide rollers should be fitted plump underneath the pivot point of the rollers. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. Starting with the end leaf hinged to the jamb, every second leaf is fitted with a roller with pivot bearing and edge-fitting hanger. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). 20 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Fig. 20-1 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-35 1-35 0-42 1-42 0-1 1-1 0-33 1-33 0-11 1-11 0-1 1-1 0-44 1-44 0-65 1-65 0-52 1-52 2-52 0-53 1-53 1-54 Execution … Execution … by customers a = leaf width B = clearance width b = leaf thickness B = B=a*z c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 a = B f = 25 with size … z = number of leaves z z B = a a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = leaf width 2. leaf b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 d = b/2 n = 60 with size … z = number of leaves B = clearance width a = a1-(c+d+n) a1 = a+(c+d+n) a1 = B = B+(c+d+n) … a+a1 Fig. 21-1 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 f 25 32 39,5 n 60 90 100 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems 21 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-1 1-1 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-41 1-41 2-41 The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. locking device by customers 0-51 1-51 2-51 a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = a + (c+d+n1) a1 = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a1 = a = a1-(c+d+n1) B+(c+d+n1) z+1 b = leaf thickness a = B-(a1 * z) c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an d = b/2 B = a + (a1 * z) z = number of leaves n1 = 18 with size … z = B = clearance width B-a a1 Fig. 22-1 22 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A1 45 49 80 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A2 22,5 25 A3 50 65 40 l 45 65 85 85 lm1 M 10 M 12 M 16 e 32 g 156-186,5 42 56 n1 18 20 30 202-251 265-319,5 p 22 30 40 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 114-145 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Installation options and examples for folding doors For folding doors there are three different methods of fitting: Mounting option for folding doors: Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt surface-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 0-53 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 32 39,5 Dim. 20,5 26,5 35 Fig. 23-1 Mounting option for folding doors: Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted, soffit mounting with ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edgefixing hanger -41, floor guide roller -51 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt flush-mounted folding door b/2 = half door thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 a1 + a2 = leaf width a = leaf width - (n+b/2+c) Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-41 1-41 2-41 Floor guide The leaf fitted at the blind frame is smaller than leaf a by the dimension (n+b/2+c) 0-51 Dim. n 18 1-51 2-51 20 30 Removable cover Fig. 23-2 Manual sliding door systems 23 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Mounting option for folding doors: Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for end-folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 0-53 32 39,5 Dim. 26,5 35 20,5 Fig. 24-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation with wall installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with ceiling installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with single console for vertical and lateral adjustment 24 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-10 10621/0-10 10621/0-11 10621/0-12 10622/0-12 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -10 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 051506 020701 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 051473 012686 049950 054052 051021 010890 011554 049962 s s s s s 012661 012663 s -44 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 050994 020404 020522 051012 s s s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 050995 051015 s -54 051650 051650 051655 0-65 1-65 049974 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 2-leaf folding door: … track, length = twice leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hanger pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing hanger for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors … floor channel for folding doors, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolt 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For ceiling installation … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 3-leaf folding door: Fittings as for 2-leaf unit, track and floor channel in length for 2-leaf width, but hinges for … leaves d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings 4-leaf folding door, see next page Manual sliding door systems 25 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -10 020701 012686 011554 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 049950 054052 051021 049962 s s s s s s s 012661 012663 -44 050994 051012 s 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 020404 020522 s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 -54 0-65 1-65 050995 051650 049974 051015 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 4-leaf folding door: … track, length = width of … leaves + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hangers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … dge-fixing hangers for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide rollers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide rollers for folding doors … floor channel, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For soffit fixing … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 051655 s 4-leaf folding door: (2 leaves each folding to left and right resp., track etc.) as 2x2-leaf unit, but with … edge-fixing hangers … edge-fixing guide rollers d pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 90 mm 0-42 1-42 0-52 1-52 1-52 019019 s s s 012663 s 020522 s s s 012672 012672 s s = yes, s = no Ordering information GEZE Apoll folding door gear size ... number of leaves ... folding to right (left) , wall installation (or ceiling installation) ... block frame clearance height and width (H, B) 26 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Size 0,1,2 Centre-folding, i. e. half inward and half outward. Centre-folding doors start with a half leaf hinged to the jamb. The rollers are fitted above the centre of the leaf. The first roller is normally positioned at the first full leaf. The track can be mounted with soffit- oder wall installation brackets. On the underside of each leaf, on the side towards which the leaf folds, a flush bolt is fitted. The floor guide should be arranged plumb underneath the roller carriage. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Fig. 27-1 Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. The first leaf is fitted with a roller; thereafter every second leaf. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). Manual sliding door systems 27 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-33 1-33 2-33 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-35 1-35 2-35 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-65 1-65 0-54 1-54 0-50 1-50 2-50 0-50 1-50 2-50 by customers The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. a = first leaf B = clearance width a = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a = B - (z * a1) a = a1 / … - (c + b/2) a1 = 2B + 2c + b/1 + 2z B = B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an B = a + (z * a1) b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 z = number of full leaves a1 … (c+ b … )+a1 * z Fig. 28-1 28 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 Size … Size … Size … A1 45 50 80 A2 22,5 25 40 A3 50 65 85 e 32 42 56 g 156,5-186,5 219-242 277,5-345 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 115-145 Size … Size … Size … k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-50 1-50 2-50 Fig. 29-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation Ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-20 10621/0-20 10622/0-20 10621/0-21 10622/0-21 Manual sliding door systems 29 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options Size … Size … Size … 1-40 2-40 1-50 2-50 Door plate 0-40 Floor guide roller 0-50 a1 = a2 = a3 ... an width of following leaves a = width of the first leaf to blind frame Fig. 30-1 Ceiling installation Ceiling installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. With ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Fig. 30-2 Wall installation Wall installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. With wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. Fig. 30-3 30 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -11 051506 023286 051473 021691 051472 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding doors: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing … door plate … flat-plate guide roller … floor channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s s … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 Summary of fittings … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door fitting systems, see next page Manual sliding door systems 31 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 021691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings for 5-leaf and multi-leaf fitting systems on request Ordering information GEZE APOLL centre-folding door gear Size … , No. of full leaves … (+1/2 leaf per folding side), Folding to right (left), block frame clearance height and weight (H, B) Wall installation (or ceiling installation) 32 s GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for end-folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-34 1-34 2-34 a M 16 x1,5 M 20 x … M 24 x … b 22 25 30 h 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,07 0,08 0,1 ID No. 050998 049951 049963 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-2 Pivot bearings, loose Fig. 33-3 Manual sliding door systems 33 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version Fig. 34-1 34 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 0-35 1-35 Door thickness < 40 < 60 a 50 65 b 35 48 m 34 45 h 58 80 e 32 42 d M 10 M 12 n 13 20 h1 66-83 83-101 kg (weight) 0,35 0,9 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 054044 054052 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 100 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 Size … Size … 0-42 1-42 Fig. 35-1 Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Des. l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Size … Size … Fig. 35-2 Edge-fixing hanger for folding doors Fig. 35-3 Des. 0-44 1-44 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 l 110 180 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050994 051012 Manual sliding door systems 35 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Door plate Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 Fig. 36-1 Double-sided hanger Size … Size … Des. 0-42 0-42 1-42 a 60 80 80 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 Fig. 36-2 Flat-plate guide roller Fig. 36-3 36 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors Fig. 37-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-53 1-53 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 g ø 15,5 ø 15,5 l 110 180 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050995 051015 Floor guide roller, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-51 1-51 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012946 Fig. 37-2 Floor guide roller, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-52 1-52 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 012672 Fig. 37-3 Manual sliding door systems 37 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Flush bolt size … Size … Des. 0-65 a 82 b 35 c 13 d … kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 049974 Fig. 38-1 Flush bolt size … a Size … b d c Fig. 38-2 38 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Des. 1-65 a 151 b 19 c 36 d 16 kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 149694 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM Product information for sliding door gears In accordance with the definition of the liability of manufacturers for their products set out in paragraph … of the “Produkthaftungsgesetz” (German Manufacturer’s Liability Law), the following information on sliding door gear should be observed. Failure to do so absolves the manufacturer from liability. Product information and use in accordance with intended purpose Sliding door gear, according to this definition, are fittings for doors and other push-able elements, henceforth called objects, which are not normally moved faster than walking pace. Sliding door gear is used in vertically fitted doors made of wood, plastic, glass, aluminium or steel and appropriate combinations of these materials. A floor guide is provided at the lower horizontal edge of the door. Special versions of products must be specified for damp rooms, direct exposure to the elements, exposure to cross winds, for installation near the sea and in highly corrosive conditions. Correct installation by qualified personnel is a particularly important aspect of use for intended purpose. The object must be sufficiently rigid at all of these points. The function of the gear must not be hindered or altered by installation. A buffer must be used in order to limit the displacement path. Misuse Misuse - in other words use in a manner not in accordance with the intended purpose - can be said to occur in the following cases in particular: j j j j j j j j j j if the gear is used with a higher max. load than specified in the catalogue and in the other product documents, if incorrectly installed or attached, if ambient temperatures are too high or too low, if particularly aggressive media can affect the gear, if subjected to inordinately great pushing or pulling loads, if the position of the track deviates too greatly from the horizontal, if foreign bodies get into the track, if the rollers are operated too fast, if alterations are carried out without the manufacturer’s authorization, if obstacles are placed in the opening or between the door or the object thereby preventing intended use, if additional loads act upon the door or object, if someone is trapped between the door and the door frame while the door is being pushed or closed, or if a person or part of the body is in this area. Product Maintenance Components of sliding door gear which are relevant to safety must be regulary inspected for proper fixing and signs of wear. Fixing screws are to be re-thightened and faulty components must be replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year: j j j j j All moving parts are to be tested for free movement. In the case of running carriages with metal rollers, the moving parts must be greased (type of grease to be used on request). Plastic rollers must not be greased. Only use cleaning agents which do not impair the anti-corrosion protection of the gear. Faulty sliding door gears must be replaced. Adjustment work on the gears and the replacement must be carried out by qualified personnel. Duty of Information and Instructions The following sources of information are available to planners, specialist dealers, administrative personnel, building contractors and users by way of fulfillment of the duty of information and instruction: j j j j catalogues, brochures descriptions of tender, descriptions of offer mounting drawings, installation drawings maintenance and operating instructions. In order to ensure correct use, proper functioning and maintenance and care of sliding door gear, j j j architects and planners must request and apply the necessary product information, specialist dealers must take account of the product information and notes in the price lists, and in particular must request all necessary instructions and pass these on to the installation personnel, installation personnel must take account of all product information, and in particular must request operating and maintenance instructions and pass these on to the ordering party and the user. Application for similar fittings Sliding fittings with horizontally installed objects, e.g., drawer guides or sliding fittings with vertical runner tracks must be handled according to their respective characteristics with respect to product information, use for intended purpose, misuse, product performance, Product Performance product maintenance and servicing, and duty of information and In cases where the performance of the product is not specifically instruction. described in the catalogues, brochures, instructions etc., special requirements must be discussed with and agreed by the manufacturer. Our regulations, which affect the composition of the sliding door gear, are binding. j j Manual sliding door systems 39 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES 40 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES Manual sliding door systems 41 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS You will find more product information in the relevant brochures, see ID numbers. Door technology 01 02 03 04 05 Overhead door closers ID 091593, ID 091594 Hold-open systems ID 091593, ID 091594 Integrated door closers ID 091609 Floor springs and all-glass fittings ID 091607 Sliding fitting systems and linear guides 13 ID 123605, ID 000586 04 Automatic door systems 06 07 08 09 10 Swing doors 11 ID 144785 01 Sliding, telescopic and folding doors 02 ID 143639 22 Curved sliding doors 06 ID 135772 17 06 Revolving doors ID 132050 11 Activation devices and sensors ID 142655 04 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 11 12 13 14 15 Fanlight opening systems ID 127787 Electric opening and locking systems ID 127785, ID 127789 Electrical spindle and linear drives ID 127785, ID 127789 Electric chain drives ID 127785, ID 127789 17 18 19 20 ID 127785, ID 139075 Emergency exit systems ID 132408 Access control systems ID 132158 Panic locks ID 132848 Electric strikes ID 148666 Building management system ID 132408 Glass systems 21 22 42 20 14 Manual sliding wall systems (MSW) ID 104377 Integrated all-glass systems (IGG) ID 104366 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 07 10 Smoke and heat extraction systems Safety technology 16 08 07 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS Door technology The functionality, superior performance and reliability of GEZE door closers are impressive. A common design across the range, the ability to use them on all common door leaf widths and weights, and the fact that they can be individually adjusted makes their selection simple. They are continually being improved and enhanced with up-to-date features. For example, the requirements of fire protection and accessibility are fulfilled with a door closer system. Automatic door systems 15 GEZE automatic door systems open up a huge variety of options in door design. The latest, innovative highperformance drive technology, safety, ease of accessibility and first class universal drive design set them apart. GEZE offers complete solutions for individual requirements. 17 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 21 GEZE smoke and heat extraction systems and ventilation technology provide complete systems solutions combining the many requirements of different types of windows. We supply a full range from energy efficient drive systems to natural ventilation and complete solutions for supplying and extracting air, also as certified SHEVs. 15 05 12 03 Safety technology GEZE safety technology sets the standards where preventative fire protection, access control and anti-theft security in emergency exits are concerned. For each of these objectives GEZE offers tailored solutions, which combine the individual safety requirements in one intelligent system and close doors and windows in case of danger in a coordinated manner. 21 18 Building systems 16 09 19 In GEZE’s Building Management System GEZE door, window and safety products can be integrated in to the security and control systems of the building. A central control and visualisation system monitors various automation components in the building and offers security through many different networking capabilities. Glass systems GEZE glass systems stand for open and transparent interior design. They can either blend discreetly into the architecture of the building or stand out as an accentuated feature. GEZE offers a wide variety of technologies for functional, reliable and aesthetic sliding wall or sliding door systems providing security with lots of design scope. Manual sliding door systems 43 G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE GmbH P.O. Box 1363 71226 Leonberg Germany GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21-29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telefon +49 7152 203 … Telefax +49 7152 203 310 www.geze.com Germany GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-West Breitwiesenstraße … 71229 Leonberg Tel. +49 7152 203 594 Fax +49 7152 203 438 leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-Ost Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 7152 203 6440 Fax +49 7152 203 77050 muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Süd Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 859 service-muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Siemensstraße 14 63263 Neu-Isenburg Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 659 service-frankfurt.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung West Heltorfer Straße 12 40472 Düsseldorf Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 559 service-duesseldorf.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 759 service-berlin.de@geze.com China GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Shuangchenzhong Road Beichen Economic Development Area (BEDA) Tianjin 300400, P.R. China Tel. +86 22 26973995 Fax +86 22 26972702 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Shanghai Jia Little Exhibition Center Room C 2-102 Shenzhuan Rd. 6000 201619 Shanghai, P.R. China Tel. +86 21 52340960 Fax +86 21 64472007 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Guangzhou Room 17 C … Everbright Bank Building, No.689 Tian He Bei Road 510630 Guangzhou, P.R. China Tel. +86 20 38731842 Fax +86 20 38731834 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd Branch Office Beijing Room 04-05, 7th Floor GEZE Service GmbH Red Sandalwood Plaza Niederlassung Nord Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) No. 27 Jianguo Road Chaoyang District 22045 Hamburg 100024 Beijing, P.R.China Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +86 10 85756009 Fax +49 7152 9233 459 Fax +86 10 85758079 service-hamburg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH chinasales@geze.com.cn Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Austria Siemensstraße 14 France GEZE Austria 63263 Neu-Isenburg GEZE France S.A.R.L. Wiener Bundesstrasse 85 Tel. +49 7152 203 6888 ZAC de l’Orme Rond A-5300 Hallwang Fax +49 7152 203 6891 RN 19 Tel: +43 6225 87180 frankfurt.de@geze.com 77170 Servon Fax: +43 6225 87180 299 Tel. +33 … 606260 70 austria.at@geze.com GEZE GmbH Fax +33 … 606260 71 Niederlassung West france.fr@geze.com Baltic States – Heltorfer Straße 12 Lithuania / Latvia / Estonia 40472 Düsseldorf Hungary Tel. +371 678960 35 Tel. +49 7152 203 6770 GEZE Hungary Kft. baltic-states@geze.com Fax +49 7152 203 76770 Hungary-2051 Biatorbágy duesseldorf.de@geze.com Vendel Park Benelux Huber u. 1. GEZE Benelux B.V. GEZE GmbH Tel. +36 23532 735 Industrieterrein Kapelbeemd Niederlassung Nord Fax +36 23532 738 Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) Steenoven 36 office-hungary@geze.com 5626 DK Eindhoven 22045 Hamburg Tel. +31 4026290 80 Tel. +49 7152 203 6600 Iberia Fax +31 4026290 85 Fax +49 7152 203 76608 GEZE Iberia S.R.L. benelux.nl@geze.com hamburg.de@geze.com C/ Andorra 24 08830 Sant Boi de Llobregat Bulgaria GEZE Service GmbH (Barcelona) GEZE Bulgaria - Trade Niederlassung Süd-West Tel. +34 902194 036 Representative Office Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 25 Fax +34 902194 035 Nickolay Haitov 34 str., fl. … 71229 Leonberg info@geze.es 1172 Sofia Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +359 247043 73 Fax +49 7152 9233 359 India Fax +359 247062 62 service-leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE India Private Ltd. office-bulgaria@geze.com MF … & 3, Guindy Industrial Estate Ekkattuthangal Chennai 600 097 Tamilnadu G E Z E R E P R E S E N TAT I V E Tel. +91 44 406169 00 Fax +91 44 406169 01 office-india@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 7152 203 6840 Fax +49 7152 203 76849 berlin.de@geze.com ID No. 000586 · Vers. EN 1705 · Subject to change without notice Italy GEZE Italia S.r.l Sede di Vimercate Via Fiorbellina 20 20871 Vimercate (MB) Tel. +39 0399530401 Fax+39 039 9530459/419 italia.it@geze.com Sede di Roma Via Lucrezia Romana, 91 00178 Roma Tel. +39 039 9530401 Fax +39 039 9530449 italia.it@geze.com Poland GEZE Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Marywilska 24 03-228 Warszawa Tel. +48 224 404 440 Fax +48 224 404 400 geze.pl@geze.com Romania GEZE Romania S.R.L. IRIDE Business Park, Str. Dimitrie Pompeiu nr. 9-9a, Building 10, Level 2, Sector 2, 020335 Bucharest Tel.: +40 212507 750 Fax: +40 316201 258 office-romania@geze.com Russia OOO GEZE RUS Letnikovskaya str. 10/2 Floor 6, room VII 115114 Moscow Tel: +7 495 741 40 61 office-russia@geze.com Scandinavia – Sweden GEZE Scandinavia AB Mallslingan 10 Box 7060 18711 Täby, Sweden Tel. +46 87323 400 Fax +46 87323 499 sverige.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Norway GEZE Scandinavia AB avd. Norge Industriveien 34 B 2073 Dal Tel. +47 63957 200 Fax +47 63957 173 norge.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Denmark GEZE Danmark Branch office of GEZE Scandinavia AB Mårkærvej 13 J-K 2630 Taastrup Tel. +45 463233 24 Fax +45 463233 26 danmark.se@geze.com Singapore GEZE (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 21 Bukit Batok Crescent #23-75 Wcega Tower Singapore 658065 Tel: +65 6846 1338 Fax: +65 6846 9353 gezesea@geze.com.sg South Africa Geze South Africa (Pty) Ltd. GEZE, Building 3, 1019 Morkels Close Midrand 1685 Tel: + 87 94337 88 Fax: + 86 66137 52 info@gezesa.co.za Switzerland GEZE Schweiz AG Zelglimatte 1A 6260 Reiden Tel. +41 62 28554 00 Fax +41 62 28554 01 schweiz.ch@geze.com Turkey GEZE Kapı ve Pencere Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti. İstanbul Anadolu Yakası Organıze Sanayı Bolgesi Gazi Bulvari Caddesi 8.Sokak No:8 Tuzla-Istanbul Tel. + 90 216 45543 15 Fax + 90 216 45582 15 office-turkey@geze.com Ukraine GEZE Ukraine LLC 45, Elektrotekchnicheskaya str., Kiev, 02222 Tel./Fax +38 445012225 office-ukraine@geze.com United Arab Emirates/GCC GEZE Middle East P.O. Box 17903 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai Tel. +971 48833 112 Fax +971 48833 240 gezeme@geze.com United Kingdom GEZE UK Ltd. Blenheim Way Fradley Park Lichfield Staffordshire WS13 8SY Tel. +44 15434430 00 Fax +44 15434430 01 info.uk@geze.com

(PDF | 974 KB)
Emergency exit systems
Product brochure

Emergency exit systems

Emergency exit systems Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Contents Overview … D OOR C ON TR O L U N I TS Connectable TZ 320 series … Connectable TZ 320 stainless steel series 14 T 320 terminal for bi-directional escape routes 20 LOC K IN G E LE M E N TS FTV 320 escape door lock 26 MA 500 holding magnet 30 SYSTE M S OLUT I O N S Emergency exit protection Nursery school solution– flexible and safe entrance and exit control for nursery schools Emergency exit protection Bi-directional emergency exit protection for doors with emergency exit function in both directions. Central control For doors in interlocking door systems 36 38 40 Hospital ward control visualised IN D IV ID UAL C O M P O N E N TS A N D ACCESSO RI ES Key switches 46 Emergency push buttons 49 Emergency exit signs 52 Power supply 53 Indicator lamps and signal horns 56 Synchronising unit 59 O P E R ATIN G E LE M E N TS myGEZE Control 62 myGEZE Visu 64 Accessories 65 … 4 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Overview APPLICATION TZ 320 Standard cTZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module LOCAL OPERATION / DISPLAY Short-time release (20 s) Short-time release (1 s – infinite) ● ● Cancellation of short-time release with door closed ● ● Retriggering short-time release ● ● ● ● Pre-alarm (60 s) Pre-alarm (1 s – 10 min.) Alarm ● ● Permanent unlocking ● ● FTV 320 escape door lock 3x 3x Emergency exit electric strike type 331 / 332 3x 3x MA 500 holding magnet 2x 2x CONNECTION POSSIBILITIES Danger alarm system emergency unlocking ● ● Indirect activation ● ● Central emergency push button via safety circuit ● ● External key switch ● ● SCT 222 external key switch with … LEDs ●*** ● External emergency push button ● ● T 320 terminal (bi-directional escape route) ● ● Access control (short-time unlocking) ● ● Top lock (short-time unlocking) ● ● Timer (unlocking) external ● ● Timer (unlocking) internal ● ● Burglar alarm system (locking has priority) ● ● Programmable inputs … 7 Programmable outputs … 6 Flashlight / siren / alarm message ●* ● Motor lock ●* ● Lever lock ●* ● Swing door drive ●** ● Signal light controller ●** ● Additional electric strike ●* ● Output of different system states ●* ● Connection to BMS via myGEZE Control ● STANDARD Conform to EN 13637 ● ● Infrared interface for diagnosis, setting of parameters via ST 220 service terminal ● ● Alarm memory ● ● OTHER Integrated interlocking door system control ● ● Network function for fire alarm system, timer, burglar alarm system ● ● ● = yes I * Function can be realised via two freely configurable outputs. There are two outputs available on the TZ 320. If more outputs are required, the TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. | ** Two outputs are required for this function. | *** RP 220 relay board ID no. 102355 required. … 7 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Door control units Rescue routes must be individually adapted for each building – otherwise they are not safe. The door control unit plays an extremely important role in this respect: In normal circumstances, it lets authorised people pass through the door, and in an emergency, it opens for everyone. Use the wide selection of GEZE door control units with fire and danger alarm systems, escape door locks, motor locks and much more to bring your customised safety concept to life. … GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors  Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured terminals simplify installation  Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components Number of inputs and outputs can be extended with the IO 420 extension module Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 SERI ES Connectivity – this is a top priority in this product series. You can realise complex applications here, because there are a large number of interfaces to other products and systems. These door control units can communicate with each other due to the integrated bus function. Messages can be visualised on a tableau or PC and can be forwarded to higher-ranking building management systems. Your escape route is secured against unauthorised access in any case. At the same time, the integrated emergency push button ensures access in emergency situations. TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN UP TZ 320 BSN AP Width 81 mm 77 mm Height 223 mm 197 mm Depth in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep 88 mm Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Number of outputs … 2 Number of inputs … 3 Illuminated yes yes Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 600 mA 650 mA Service temperature -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes … 10 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 STAN DA R D D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T – SYSTEM STR UCTUR E 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FUNCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If the door is to be passed through from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire alarm systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: forwarding the fire alarm system signal is not permitted with EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-time release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, a self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased access convenience due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm messages are required in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 external key switches – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 terminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – Extension of the digital inputs and outputs via IO 420 extension module – Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control 11 12 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Switch programme Version TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC Jung AS 500 Jung LS 990 Gira E2 Gira E2 ID no. white stainless steel anthracite pure white matt 193509 193510 193511 193542 TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted , EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC white aluminium green 193546 193545 TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, illuminated emergency exit sign, operating voltage 24 V DC white aluminium green 193544 193543 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 pure white matt (193542) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 anthracite (193511) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung AS 500 white (193509) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193545), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193543) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193546), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surfacemounted, EN 13637 (193544) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung LS 990 stainless steel (193510) 13 14 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 - stainless steel Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bidirectional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection  Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components  Number of inputs and outputs can be expanded using the IO 420 extension module  Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit  Robust and attractive stainless steel housing  Backlighting with LED backlight possible Installation in stainless steel box Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 STAI N LESS STEEL SER I ES The design version of the TZ 320 is covered in high quality stainless steel. Because of this, it is particularly stable and offers increased protection against vandalism. The integrated sabotage protection is triggered once the front plate is removed. The identical designs of the surface-mounted and flush-mounted front plates make the two variants look almost identical. A distinction can only be established on the basis of the somewhat larger dimensions. This makes it possible to have a standardised look throughout a building. These door control units can be equipped with a “backlight” LED display. The LEDs can signal different functions, such as door closed (red) or door open (green), as well as LEDs continuous (green) or alarm (red). TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, surface-mounted set EN 13637 Width 98 mm 98 mm 78 mm Height 260 mm 260 mm 240 mm Depth 11,5 mm 70 mm 70 mm Acoustic signal 75 db 75 db 75 db Number of outputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Number of inputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Illuminated no no no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes yes Type of installation flush-mounted flush-mounted surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes yes Visual display yes yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 950 mA 950 mA 950 mA Supply voltage 230 V 230 V 230 V Service temperature -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes yes POS ITION OF T H E D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T ACCO R DI N G TO EN … 3 637 90° … 1200 800 … 2 … 1 … 1 = emergency push button I … = direction of escape 600 15 16 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units STAN DA R D D OOR C O N T R O L U N I T – SYST EM STRUCTURE 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FU NCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If someone wants to pass through the door from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via the TE 220 control panel or myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire detector systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: Forwarding of the fire alarm system signal is not permitted for EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-term release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, the self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased ease of access due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort or the the IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm signals are needed in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – External key switch SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 eerminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – TE 220 control panel – Connection to BACnet IP via my GEZE Control 17 18 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate surface-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing surface-mounted, TZ 320 control unit flush-mounted with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA, 230 V AC power supply, operating voltage 24 V DC 193506 stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate flush-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing flush-mounted, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA 230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC operating voltage 193507 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel door control unit, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate, flush-mounted standard with recess for Euro profile cylinder, white spacer frame, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency push button, SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply Not included: wall fixing screws Output current max. 950 mA, power supply 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V DC stainless steel 193508 TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted flush-mounted 155016 155017 Stainless steel front plate, standard EN 13637 Incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193550 193552 Stainless steel front plate RFID, EN 13637 With recess for RFID reader, incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193551 193553 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 ACCES SORIES Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with surface-mounted stainless steel housing 158696 Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with flush-mounted stainless steel front plate in standard flush-mounted sockets 155030 LED-Backlight, GN/RD For optical backlighting of the stainless steel front plate 155031 SCT design adhesive frame, rectangular/round For attachment around the Euro profile cylinder recess on the front plate. 155034 Accessories mains connection Strain relief of the cables, earthing of the V2A housing Connection of the power supply circuit through Wago connector 155035 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637(193506) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 (193507) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 (ID 193508) TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted (155016) TZ 32x stainless steel housing flush-mounted (155017) Stainless steel front plate, standard, EN 13637 (193550) Stainless steel front plate RFID, surface-mounted EN 13637 (193551) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) 19 20 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal T 320 terminal Slave control unit for bi-directional escape routes with a TZ 320 or TZ 322 with integrated key switch ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N   Terminal functions as additional interface for a TZ 320 to trigger an indirect release of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of an escape balcony PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through emergency exit Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TE R MIN AL FOR B I - D I R ECT I O N A L ESCA P E RO UTES - T 320 SER I ES Your escape route goes in both directions? No problem! Doors that are to secure the escape route in both directions are equipped with a TZ 320 on one side and a T 320 on the other. Thus, in case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The activation of the electric locking element can be controlled via the terminal as well as via the door control unit. This locking element keeps the doors locked and prevents unauthorised access. TEC HN ICAL DATA T 320 AP terminal T 320 UP control unit Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Illuminated optional no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Width 77 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Height 197 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Depth 88 mm in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Surface-mounted Flush-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 100 mA 100 mA Temperature range -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Delayed emergency push button no no Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder - Conform to EN 13637 yes yes BI-D IR ECTION A L ESCA P E R O U T E – SYSTEM STRUCTURE GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 BMA … FTV 320 … ZuKo … TZ 320 SN T 320 … 230 V AC 50 HZ … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = Toplock I … = key switch I … = panic lock I … = terminal / door control unit 21 22 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. T 320 AP terminal, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, non-illuminated emergency exit sign white aluminium green 193548 193547 T 320 UP control unit (No complete flush-mounted set available, assembled of individual components) 140999 Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products T 320 AP control unit (193547) T 320 AP control unit (193548) T 320 UP control unit (140999) 23 24 25 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Locking elements A hazardous situation can cause panic and represent a danger to life – which is why it’s even more important that electrically locked doors clear the escape route immediately. Locking elements such as the GEZE escape door locks, react immediately when they are released by authorised parties or someone presses the emergency push button. Other advantages: they save space, are easy to install and provide protection against manipulation and vandalism, due to clever devices. We are happy to help you choose the right locking elements for your emergency exit. 26 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element FTV 320 Escape door lock for doors in rescue routes ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf doors Installation in the frame or the door leaf ensures a tidy appearance Can be used for numerous other safety solutions that require a fail-safe principle PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  Unique cross latch mechanism guarantees secure locking  Integrated feedback contact ensures reliable monitoring of the door  Integrated sabotage monitoring secures the locking mechanism against manipulation  Variety of face plates and accessories offers a solution for almost every door situation Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA FTV 320 Height … mm Width 15 mm Depth 38 mm Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption in locked state 100 mA Service temperature -20 °C...+60 °C Latch preload 3,000 N Break-open resistance 5,000 N Clearance … +/- … mm DIN direction universal Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G S … 40 … 2 20 25 … 186 200 186 186 93 200 R1 … 200 … 24 2) .5(x n5 11 14 … = ID 158906 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) I … = ID 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, for tubular-framed door I … = ID 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, alternative version FTÖ 331 27 28 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element PRO D U CT F E ATU R ES Planning reliability and simple consulting One escape door lock for many applications. The types of installation DIN right / DIN left, horizontal / vertical, in door leaf or door frame make the FTV 320 extremely versatile. Exchange with products from other manufacturers is no problem. The comprehensive range of accessories complies with the standard dimensions. Time-saving and failsafe Additional components such as relay boards are not necessary. The double assignment of terminals is not required, nor is the setting of cable bridges between two terminals. Space-saving The small dimensions and omission of the latch lock previously required, use of the FTV 320 avoids unnecessary recesses in the door or frame. Leaving more room for fireproof insulation on fire protection doors. Cables can be routed past the housing of the escape door lock. Simple to install Locking device and face plate are delivered pre-mounted. Two fixing screws are all that is required for safe attachment. The strike plate on the opposite side is also installed using only two screws. There is no need for a latch lock to be installed. Protection against vandalism and manipulation Unlike conventional latch locks, the cross latches of the FTV 320 are blocked in the locked state, which prevents them from being manipulated using a cheque card. The mechanism and integrated control circuit board are protected against manipulation attempts and report any attempts to a higher-order level. FT V 320 ES CA PE D O O R LO CK – O R D E R I N FO R M ATI O N Designation DIN door stop FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right Version 158906 ID no. FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right 158909 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158907 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 28 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158910 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 30 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158911 FTV 320 escape door lock Angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158912 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate with lock latch guide 35 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158914 Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS FT V 320 ES CA P E D O O R LO C K – O R D E R I N FO RM ATI O N Designation DIN door stop Version ID no. Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159059 Strike plate 20 x 140 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159050 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159056 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159063 Strike plate 24 x 110 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159061 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159053 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159058 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159064 Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163768 Strike plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159051 Strike plate 24 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163769 Strike plate 24 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159060 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159052 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159057 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159065 Strike plate 28 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159062 Strike plate 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159054 Strike plate 30 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159055 Strike plate support 20 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159066 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159067 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159068 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159072 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159071 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159069 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159070 29 30 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element MA 500 holding magnet For magnetic locking of emergency exits in accordance with the fail-safe principle ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Doors along escape and rescue routes Emergency exits PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  Integrated monitoring controls the locking status  Separate door contact enables door status message  Different installation sets offer three different installation situations Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA MA 500 Width 265 mm Height 66 mm Depth 41 mm Type of installation with corresponding installation set (hinge side, opposite hinge side or reveal) Service temperature -10 – 50 °C IP rating IP30 Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 250 mA Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G IN STA LLATION SE T M A … 0 0, H I N G E SI D E 75 75 95 … 115 … 6 24 115 95 M6x20 … 33 … 33 mm … 2 115 16 26 26 17 33 146 24 23 … 8 37 24 26 … RWS M6x20 … 9 10 115 270 330 … = drilling template hinge side I … = door edge lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = mounting plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket 31 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, O P P O SI T E H I NG E SI DE 10 16 115 115 20 RWS 17 26 … 154 … 2 … 24 … 17 26 … M6x20 26 71 … 146 57 33 33 M6x20 … 26 … 33 mm 20 … 20 270 75 20 20 30 … 7 … = drilling template opposite hinge side I … = frame lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, M O U N T I N G W I THI N R EVEAL 270 … 33 … 3 … 6 72 … 7 155 … 20 20 … 4 … 26 … 30 29 20 20 … 10 26 … 3 26 M6x20 11 29 33 29 26 17 RWS M6x20 … 20 115 26 115 75 32 … 6 30 20 20 155 20 20 … = drilling template mounting within reveal I … = reveal lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate on the door I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = lintel I 10 = mounting bracket I 11 = mounting bracket on the reveal Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. MA 500 holding magnet With counterplate silver-coloured 024740 Installation set MA 500, hinge side silver-coloured 024731 Installation set MA 500, opposite hinge side silver-coloured 024732 Installation set MA 500, mounting within reveal silver-coloured 025727 Surface-mounted magnetic contact Sensing distance 21 mm white 200386 Reed contact set white 106133 33 34 35 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y System solutions We offer you complete solutions. From the initial consultation, the products and their installation through to the service following commissioning. Everything is tailored to your specific demands and needs. Our industry experts fully understand your concerns and will put together an individually tailored solution package. 36 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection NURSE RY S C HOO L S O LU T I O N – F LE X I B LE AN D SAFE EN TRAN CE AN D EX I T CO N TR O L FO R N U R S E RY S CH O O LS With this emergency exit protection system for doors in nursery schools, the emergency exit is always locked and thus reliably protected against unauthorised passage. Unauthorised use of the emergency exit door by children can thus best be prevented by an approved system. The special feature of this system is the push button on the inside, which is positioned at a height of … m, inaccessible for children. In addition, the outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch for the parents during the arrival and pick-up periods. The activation of the emergency push-button – at a level children can reach – immediately releases the door and is signalled by both visual and acoustic alarms. This solution is also suitable for existing doors which are already fitted with an electric strike and a knob or pull handle on the outside. … 3 … 5 … 7 … 8 … 1 = panic lock with transmission function “E” on site I … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = push button at … m height I … = switch to activate or deactivate the exterior push button I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = A5000--B electric strike I … = key switch I … = push button outside System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● A5000--B electric strike ● RP 220 relay board ● Push button at … m height ● Push button outside ● Switch to enable or disable the outside push button ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● Panic lock with transmission function "E" on site ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Swing door drive as an alternative to the door closer for automatic door operation Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Timer instead of the switch ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Passage by nursery school personnel Personnel triggers a short-time release on the door control unit by activating the outside key switch. The door can then be passed using the key on the panic lock. Pick up and drop off times The outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch in the office or on the door. This means that parents can trigger a short-time release when they are bringing or collecting their children, and open the door from the outside. Parents can leave the nursery school again by opening the door using the push button mounted at a height of … m. The installation height of … m means the push button is out of children's reach. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in an emergency by pressing the integrated emergency push button on the door control unit which is usually installed at a height of 850 mm and is thus also accessible for children. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Burglary protection To lock the door in accordance with insurance requirements, nursery school staff must lock it manually using the panic lock. 37 38 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection BI- D IR ECTION A L E M E R G E N CY E X I T P R OT ECTI O N FO R DO O R S W I TH EM ER G EN CY EX I T FUN CT ION IN BOTH D IR ECTIO N S. In the case of doors that serve as an escape route in both directions, a special system solution is necessary in order for them to make passage possible in both directions in emergency situations. With the GEZE system solution, doors along escape routes are generally held closed via an additional electrical locking element and thus reliably secured against unauthorised passage. Passage of the emergency exits is controlled by the TZ 320 door control unit. The T 320 terminal is fitted in the second direction of escape. In case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The door can be controlled and monitored via the T 320 terminal and via the TZ 320 door control unit. … 3 … 4 … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Access control Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. 39 40 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Central control FOR D OOR S IN IN T E R LO CK I N G D O O R SYSTEM S This system allows interlocking door systems (active or passive) in the course of escape routes, e.g. in operating wings, laboratory and quarantine wards, to be achieved. This is the case when several doors are released in succession and may only be passed once the respective previous door has been closed again. The doors in one group mutually lock each other. A door control unit can be assigned to several groups at the same time. The interlocking door system relations can be changed at any time through simple parameter setting. A maximum of 10 interlocking door groups with altogether up to 63 door control units each are possible per bus system. For both types of interlocking door system, immediate access can be gained by activating the emergency push button. The interlocking door system function can be switched on and off by means of key switches. … 3 … 2 … 2 … = TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted, reader integrated I … = traffic light display red / green I … = FTV 320 escape door lock System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 door control unit ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● Traffic light display red/green ● Push button ● Power supply ● TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Red indicator lamp instead of the traffic light display IQ lock EL motor lock IQ lock EM lever lock IQ lock C contact lock Slimdrive EMD / Powerturn swing door drive Timer (ZSU) Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Active interlocking door system In the closed state, all the doors configured as part of an active interlocking door group are locked. If one of these doors is released short-term via respective activation devices, it transmits a signal to all the other doors in the group at the same time and prevents short-time unlocking. Passive interlocking door system In contrast to the active interlocking door system, all the doors configured as part of a passive interlocking door system are not generally locked when in a closed state. If one of these doors is opened, it transmits a signal to all other doors and locks these. Mixed interlocking door system (active and passive) Both interlocking door system types can be combined in one interlocking door group. Continued locking of interlocking door system doors for pressure compensation or air purification, e.g. in clean rooms A time can be set for the interlocking door system to remain locked after it has been passed through (locking all the doors of an interlocking door group). Different times can be set at all the door control units of an interlocking door system. It is possible, for example, to keep the door locked for … s following passage from a clean room to a grey room, and for 15 s following passage in the opposite direction (grey room > clean room), since more time is required to clean the air in this case. Authorised passage from the non-secured area into the interlocking door system Authorised passage from the non-secured area is by means of electric access control using a card reader or the integrated key switch of the door control unit. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (shorttime release). 41 42 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N – C O N T I N UAT I O N Authorised passage out of the interlocking door system In the interlocking door system, the doors are released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Authorised passage out of the secured area into the interlocking door system In the secured area, the door is released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Opening multiple doors in an interlocking door system for transportation purposes The "permanent unlocking" function on the door control units is used to disable the interlocking door system function. Several doors in one interlocking door group can then be opened at the same time. If deactivation of the interlocking door system is not possible for safety reasons, the "permanent unlocking" function can be suppressed on the door control units. Visual display of the interlocking door system status A locked interlocking door system is indicated by the integrated LEDs on the door control unit flashing red. In addition, the traffic light display is green when the interlocking door system can be entered and red when it is locked. As an option, the system can display only a red signal; this indicates that the interlocking door system is occupied. If no visual signal is displayed, the door can be passed. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Automated interlocking door systems In the context of interlocking door system control it is also possible to activate swing door drives via the door control unit and thus to open and close doors in defined building sections. If a door is locked by the door control unit (basic state of active interlocking door system), the door drive is in the so-called night mode. If the short-time release is triggered, the drive is automatically activated and the door opens. After the hold-open time set on the drive has passed, the door closes and the door control unit locks the door. If a door is in an unlocked state (basic state of passive interlocking door system), the door drive is switched to automatic mode. The activation devices connected to the drive are active as long as the door is unlocked. If the door control unit locks, all the activation devices belonging to the automation are without function. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released in case of an emergency at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Integrating doors without escape route function Other types of doors such as sliding doors, industrial doors etc. can be integrated in a simple interlocking door system relation by means of the door control units. In this case, the door control unit serves only as an interlocking door system control which interrupts or releases the activation devices of the other doors. Its standardisation means that this solution is more straightforward than an interlocking door system control via a programmable logic controller (PLC) which generally requires separate programming and a cable plan and wiring diagram. System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 43 44 45 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Individual components and accessories 46 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Key switches SCT 320 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system flush-mounted door control unit – With integrated sabotage contact – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 320 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Plastic Switching voltage 24 V DC Switching current 1A SCT … 20 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – With single frame – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 220 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Stainless steel or plastic Switching current 10 A Switching voltage 250 V AC Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SCT … 2 … K E Y S W I TCH W I T H LE D Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – With integrated LED display for status feedback – Right LED red/green and left LED yellow – High-quality aluminium front plate – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – Sabotage-proof design, can only be opened with key TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT 222 with LED IP rating IP54 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material Aluminium Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC KE Y S WITC H STAY- P U T W I T H O U T E U R O PR O FI LE HALF CYLI N DER Areas of application – For authorised activation of automatic doors – For authorised changing of the mode of operation on automatic doors – Internal application, some outer areas Product features – IP rating IP54 – Stay-put on both sides – Cover can only be removed with the key – Light alloy housing TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT stainless steel IP rating IP54 Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Light alloy housing Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC 47 48 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components EURO -P R OF ILE H A LF CY L I N D E R … 0 M M … 0 /1 … Areas of application – Lock cylinder for activation of one or both sides of the door – For key switches, manual locking devices, hook bolt locks Product features – Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Type of installation Version ID no. Flush-mounted SCT 320 key switch Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Frame available separately. alpine white pure white matt anthracite 131984 130370 132278 SCT 221 key switch Single-sided switching operation, without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured silver-coloured 054240 054532 SCT 220 key switch, Jung LS 990 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys stainless steel 094170 SCT 220 key switch, GIRA E2 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys pure white matt 094012 SCT 222 key switch with LEDs Surface-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted silver-coloured silver-coloured 100065 100064 Key switch stay-put without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured 111357 Euro-profile half cylinder 40 mm 30/10 Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Flush-mounted 090176 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Emergency push buttons NOT 320 E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Re-usable cover that protects against dust and dirt – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations TEC HN ICAL DATA NOT 320 emergency push button IP rating IP20 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material of impact cover Transparent plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 30 mA Number of cores … Number of relays … Visual operating state display yes Sabotage contact yes Contact rating 30 V / … A Temperature range -10 °C ... +50 °C 49 50 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components NOT … 20 A P E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory – Robust plastic housing protects the emergency push button reliably from mechanical effects TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 AP emergency push button Dimensions 94 x 94 x 122 mm IP rating IP65 Type of installation surface-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C NOT … 20 U P E ME RG E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of an emergency – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – LED lighting for better visibility – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 UP emergency push button IP rating … x … x 98 mm Type of installation IP20 Type of installation flush-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NOT 320 UP emergency push button without frame surface-mounted 136571 NOT 320 AP emergency push button with surface mounted cap Jung AS 500 and … x frame flush-mounted 137967 NOT 220 AP emergency push button surface-mounted 210203 NOT 220 UP emergency push button flush-mounted 210204 51 52 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Emergency exit signs FWS 320 B E ME R G E N CY E X I T SI G N E N … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes – Illumination of the emergency exit sign in an emergency exit system door control unit for better visibility Product features – Flat design for flush-mounted and surface-mounted installation – Energy-efficient LED technology – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system door control unit – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICA L DATA FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 Dimensions 55 x 10 x 55 mm Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 10 mA EMER GE N CY P U S H B U T TO N N OT I C E SI G N EN … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes Product features – Self-adhesive TECHN ICAL DATA Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 Dimensions 94 x 94 mm Colour green (RAL 6032) ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 illuminated with ribbon cable for installation on TZ 320 / SCT 320 green 193554 Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 self-adhesive, dimensions: 94 x 94 mm green 193993 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Power supply NT … A-2 … V U P P OW E R SU P P LY Areas of application – Flush-mounted installation of the power supply – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Compact power supply TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V UP power supply (151426) Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 54 x 32 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 1. … A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151425) Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units 53 54 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T … . … A-2 … V H S) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions T ECH N ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151424) Dimensions (W x H x D) 52 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units POWE R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 6. 25 A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TECHN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (192113) Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 95 x … mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS ST E P-U PS U N I N T E R R U P T I B LE P OW E R SUPPLY Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Lithium-ion technology ensures low battery maintenance and a long service life – Integrated battery module enables compact design and space-saving top hat rail – Battery module installed without tools for easy replacement – Automatic, cyclical battery quality testing guarantees reliable operation and promptly signals when a battery needs to be replaced – Deep discharge protection protects the battery against damage, even under high loads – Alarm status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Charge status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Battery status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Adjustable buffer time allows for individual adjustment to fit any application TEC HN ICAL DATA Phoenix Contact UPS 24 V DC, 46 WH (193212) Dimensions (W x H x D) 108 x 90 x 71 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) 3A Division units … division units OR D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NT … A-24 V UP power supply black 151426 NT 24- … A - 24 V DC power supply grey 078401 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151425 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151424 NT … A-24 V HS power supply grey 192113 STEP-UPS uninterruptible power supply grey 193212 55 56 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Indicator lamps and signal horns SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, G R E E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, green Reflector colour green Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, R E D Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, red Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SLE 220 IN D ICATO R L A M P SU R FACE- M O UN TED Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort TEC HN ICA L DATA SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted Dimensions (W x H x D) 61 x 61 x 74 mm Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 85 mA / 24 V Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white IP rating IP20 FLAS HLIGHT Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating Product features – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Sturdy, maintenance-free and fail-safe design due to the reflector’s polycarbonate housing – Xenon tubes for high visibility performance TEC HN ICA L DATA Flashlight Dimensions (Ø x H) 93 x 72 mm Reflector colour red Flashing frequency … Hz, ± 20 % Operating voltage 20-30 VDC Current consumption 90 mA IP rating IP54 57 58 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components SIGN AL HOR N Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 26 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Signal horn Dimensions (Ø x H) 111 x … mm Reflector colour red Signal sound 26 settings Volume adjustable between 74 and 94 dB Operating voltage 10-28 VDC Current consumption 16 mA IP rating IP54 MU LTIFU N CTION A L SI R E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges – Can be mounted in flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 28 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Multifunctional siren Volume 20 - 107 dB/A (in … m) Signal sound Choice of 28 tones Operating voltage 10 - 28 V DC Current consumption 10 mA IP rating IP54 Installation flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. SLE 220 indicator lamp flush-mounted green red 115936 115934 SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted red 020866 Flashlight red 199465 Signal horn white 199469 Multifunctional siren alpine white 199471 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Synchronising unit ST … 20 S E RV IC E T E R M I N A L Areas of application – Emergency exit system door control units – Motor locks – Building automation components – Automatic door drives – Automatic window drives Product features – IR interface for the wireless parameter setting of emergency exit system door control units – … AAA batteries for wireless operation – Wired parameter setting via RS 485 bus – Voltage supply via cable in the case of wired operation – Four-line display and slim user interface for simple operation TEC HN ICAL DATA ST 220 service terminal Dimensions 80 x 125 x 37 mm IP rating IP40 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation ID no. 087261 ST 220 service terminal Parameter setting and diagnosis for TZ 320, automatic sliding and swing door systems from DCU software … and IQ windowdrive, battery operation with … x AA cells (not supplied by GEZE), plain text display on illuminated display, membrane keyboard for operation 59 60 61 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Operating elements Locked safely – and yet open in emergencies. Finally, emergency exit electric strikes must also be operated reliably, which is the purpose of the range of operating elements. If your building possesses several emergency exits, you can control and manage them. Another intelligent product is the GEZE Cockpit, our building automation system, which networks door and window technology – and increases safety even more. 62 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Control connectivity platform Controller system as maximum system expansion with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX to connect all GEZE products and third-party products. SYSTE M C O N S I ST I N G O F Basic device 10x 8-channel digital input terminal Potential distribution terminals 24 V DC Power supply terminal 10x output terminals 2-channel-relay 10x output terminals 4-channel-relay 5x CAN-master terminal + CAN-connector E-bus coupler 2x terminal KNX/EIB Bus end terminal AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N BACnet IP integration in building management systems Networking of GEZE products that can be connected with CAN bus technology Networking of non BUS capable components via digital input and output terminals Networking of KNX capable GEZE window drives in the building management system Products suitable for emergency exit systems: TZ 320, TZ 321 and TZ 322 Products suitable for automatic door drives: Slimdrive, Powerturn, TSA 325 NT and Revo.PRIME Products suitable for smoke and heat extraction systems: MBZ 300 in different versions Products suitable for window systems: Slimchain, Powerchain, F 1200+ and locking systems For products with I/O technology like GEZE hold-open systems and third-party products Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES System is also available without CAN master terminals and digital input and output terminals Maximum system expansion for one control unit, which allows for the connection of up to 200 product systems from the entire product portfolio Comprehensive, project-specific configuration according to user specifications possible (system designation, comment texts, status texts) Time function and grouped switching commands configurable via scene applications BACnet alarm concept integrated, can be adjusted to customer-specific requirements PRODUCT FEATURES myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components as well as KNX/EIB components myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus and I/O technology k Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components to the GEZE building system myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, Control unit system for smaller applications to connect the GEZE CAN products over multiple bus lines BASIC DEVICE myGEZE Control basic device Powerful embedded PC for top hat rail mounting with integrated BACnet communication TERMINALS myGEZE Control CAN master terminal Master in terminal system for integration of the GEZE CAN devices over multiple bus lines myGEZE Control 8-channel digital input terminal Digital input terminal with eight inputs to detect binary control signals from the process level myGEZE Control output terminal 2-channel relay Digital output terminal with two potential-free relay outputs and one change-over contact for each myGEZE Control output terminal 4-channel relay Digital output terminal with four potential-free relay outputs and one single contact for each myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal 24 V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a 24 V DC potential myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal … V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a … V DC potential myGEZE Control power supply terminal To refresh the E-bus via data exchange between the basic controller and terminals myGEZE Control terminal KNX/EIB EIB/KNX bus terminal for connection to the KNX/EIB network myGEZE Control bus end terminal For data exchange between the bus coupler and bus terminal COUPLERS myGEZE Control E-bus coupler Connects terminal system and serves to install detached coupling stations (distribution box) CONNECTORS myGEZE Control CAN connector Connector in the housing for use with the myGEZE Control CAN master terminal COVERS myGEZE Control bus end cover To cover the E-bus contacts 63 64 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Visu Building management software for visualisation, operation, control and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Operation of a building management system for door, window and safety technology of GEZE product systems and competitors Visualisation, operation and monitoring of connected GEZE products Use of standardised workflows to release incidents Alarm concepts for forwarding incidents in modern facility management systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Visualisation system with modular and flexible authorisation concept Visualisation, operation, and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems Location option for devices on a customer-specific building plan Pre-defined, adaptable alarm concept for multi-stage processing of alarms, faults and messages Application for using e-mail notification service Multi-station capable operating system Activation of further functions via license model Simple and intuitive interface set-up and configuration Optimised for connection to myGEZE Control systems Parallel operation with any building management system possible Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Accessories IO 420 E X TE N S I O N M O D U LE Area of application – Module to expand the digital inputs and outputs on the TZ 320 Product features – Plastic top-hat rail housing for installation in the control cabinet or suspended ceiling – Four integrated relays, each with a potential-free changeover contact for carrying out switching functions – Four integrated inputs for the release of switching functions and/or the placement of messages – Connection between the interface modules via RS 485 interface in line topology TEC HN ICA L DATA IO 420 extension module Dimensions 107 x 111 x 59 mm Service temperature -20 °C...+80 °C Operating voltage 24 V DC LEDs … (red), … (yellow), … (red), … (green), … (green), … (yellow), in (green), out (red) Interfaces GEZE bus … inputs … outputs DIP switch GEZE bus terminating resistor 120 Ohm Micro SD card FAT16/32 file format for setting parameters and changing settings via PC Reset button to reset factory settings 65 66 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements BUS R E P E ATE R Areas of application – Networked GEZE emergency exit systems Product features – For extending the bus length by a further 900 m – For installation on standard carrier rails – Several repeaters and carrier rail connectors are needed for implementing star and tree structures TECHN ICA L DATA BUS repeater Dimensions … x 66 x … mm IP rating IP20 Type of installation Top hat rail mounting Supply voltage 10 - 32 V DC Current consumption 80 mA (at 24 V DC) O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation ID no. CAN interface galvanically isolated CAN extension module for automatic sliding door, revolving door and swing door drives 119952 BUS repeater 142499 Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Phone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_09 ID no. 132408 EN Subject to change without notice

(PDF | 2 MB)